NEW INJECTION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PATIENTS WITH DIABETES Anders Frid, Ruth Gaspar, Debbie Hicks, Larry Hirsch, Gillian Kreugel, Jutta Liersch, Corinne Letondeur, Jean-Pierre Sauvanet, Nadia Tubiana-Rufi, Kenneth Strauss* *All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN), September 11-13, 2009 Introduction Patients with diabetes who inject insulin or other agents often get less than optimal training on appropriate techniques. This is usually not the fault of the diabetes educator, who often has years of experience and is highly dedicated. Best practice in injecting has just not been a topic which has attracted a great deal of interest or serious study. Injections were considered ‘just shots’ and could be mastered in a few minutes of practice, once the fear of needles was overcome. Millions of dollars were spent developing new human insulins, new analogues and, most recently, new glucagon-like protein-1 agents (GLP-1 or incretins) but precious little attention was spent on the way these drugs should be delivered. Few suspected the truth: that injection methodology can be critically important to the PK and PD effects of the drug The authors are members of a dedicated group of practitioners and scientists who have studied, published, issued recommendations on and taught best practice in injections for many years. The First Insulin Injection Technique Workshop was organized in June, 1997 in Strasbourg, France (1). This workshop commissioned a Europe-wide survey in order to understand current practice with a view to issuing best practice guidelines (2). The first Insulin Injection Technique survey was performed from 1999-2000 and results were shared at the Second Injection Technique Event (SITE) in Barcelona in 2000 (3), followed by publication shortly thereafter (4). The injection issues and challenges raised by the survey began to be addressed by focused health care professional efforts, including the development of local and national injection guidelines. 1
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
NEW INJECTION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PATIENTS WITH DIABETES
Anders Frid Ruth Gaspar Debbie Hicks Larry Hirsch Gillian Kreugel Jutta Liersch
All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) September 11-13 2009
Introduction Patients with diabetes who inject insulin or other agents often get less than optimal
training on appropriate techniques This is usually not the fault of the diabetes educator
who often has years of experience and is highly dedicated Best practice in injecting has
just not been a topic which has attracted a great deal of interest or serious study
Injections were considered lsquojust shotsrsquo and could be mastered in a few minutes of practice
once the fear of needles was overcome Millions of dollars were spent developing new
human insulins new analogues and most recently new glucagon-like protein-1 agents
(GLP-1 or incretins) but precious little attention was spent on the way these drugs should
be delivered Few suspected the truth that injection methodology can be critically
important to the PK and PD effects of the drug
The authors are members of a dedicated group of practitioners and scientists who have
studied published issued recommendations on and taught best practice in injections for
many years The First Insulin Injection Technique Workshop was organized in June
1997 in Strasbourg France (1) This workshop commissioned a Europe-wide survey in
order to understand current practice with a view to issuing best practice guidelines (2)
The first Insulin Injection Technique survey was performed from 1999-2000 and results
were shared at the Second Injection Technique Event (SITE) in Barcelona in 2000 (3)
followed by publication shortly thereafter (4) The injection issues and challenges raised
by the survey began to be addressed by focused health care professional efforts including
the development of local and national injection guidelines
1
Two northern European countries were the first to develop and publish guidelines of their
own The Danish guidelines (5) were first published in 2002 and then updated in 2006 by
the Danish Nurses Organization under the title Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for
Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus The document is available in both
Danish and English The Dutch guidelines (6) were published in September 2008 by the
Association for Diabetes Care Professionals (EADV) under the title Guideline The
Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen It is available in both Dutch and English
Other injecting guidelines exist both at a local and national level (eg from the American
Diabetes Association [7 8]) but none are published as a separate dedicated set like these
four (the first [1] and second workshops [2] and the Danish [5] and Dutch guidelines [6])
and none are as comprehensive
This paper will present new injection recommendations built upon these previous sets
We however seek to enlarge upon their scope covering issues that were not addressed
or that have arisen subsequent to their publication This set of new recommendations
reflects the work of a group of experts in injection technique (see list of authors and
Appendix 1) who met face-to-face periodically over an eighteen month period as well as
maintained continuous email contact The work is based on their review and analysis of
all peer-reviewed studies and publications which bear on the subject of injections in
diabetes Articles were searched using Pub Med Medline and Cochrane Reviews More
than three hundred were identified of which nearly a hundred and sixty were felt relevant
enough to be sited
These new recommendations take into account the arrival of a number of new insulin
analogues and GLP-1 agents for which no injection guidelines have yet been developed
Since there continues to be a move to more intensive insulin regimens and an increasing
proportion of injections are being given by Type 2 patients the role of General
Practitioners in the injection arena has been enhanced However few GPs are
experienced with the finer points of patient self-injection and few Type 2 patients get
intensive injection training Newer needle lengths such as the 5 and 6mm pen needles
2
are gaining prominence (or dominance) in many countries yet questions remain
regarding the appropriateness of their use in certain populations The new
recommendations target unmet needs of these patient groups and the devices and agents
they use On the horizon according to certain publications are even shorter needles (9)
Furthermore new subgroups of injectors are demanding recommendations targeted to
their own needs This includes pediatric patients obese patients and pregnant women
Similarly new and recent concerns unaddressed by other sets of recommendations have
arisen These include how to treat and prevent lipohypertrophies psychological aspects
of injection including needle fear and pain management the safe disposal of used sharps
and the protection from needlestick injuries of lsquodownstreamrsquo persons
Finally the new recommendations were informed by insights gained from the second
injection technique questionnaire survey Over 8 months from September 2008 to June
2009 4352 insulin-injecting Type 1 and 2 diabetic patients from 171 centers in 16
countries participated in the survey making it one of the largest multicenter studies of its
kind in diabetes The results of this survey (still unpublished) were just coming available
when the new recommendations were being formulated
In the light of these needs and using the guidance of recent publications and new data the
team of experts proposes new recommendations on the following set of subjects
The Role of the Health Care Professional
Psychological Challenges of Injections
Children
Adolescents
Adults
Therapeutic Education
Injection Site Care
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Injecting Process
3
The Proper Use of Pens
The Proper Use of Syringes
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Human and Pre-mixed Insulins
GLP-1 agents
Needle Length
Children and Adolescents
Adults
Skin Folds
Lipohypertrophy
Background and Consequences
Prevention
Therapy and Follow Up
Rotation of Injection Sites
Bleeding and Bruising
Pregnancy
Intra-dermal Injections
Safety Needles
Disposal of injecting material
For the strength of recommendation we use the following scale
A Strongly recommended
B Recommended
C Unresolved issue
For the scientific evidence we use this scale
1 At least one randomized controlled study
2 At least one non-randomized (or non-controlled or epidemiologic) study
3 Consensus expert opinion based on extensive patient experience
4
Thus the letter will indicate the weight the recommendations should have in daily
practice and the grade will indicate the level of support it has in the medical literature
Every one of the new recommendations will have both a letter and number following it
(eg A2) The most relevant publications bearing on the recommendation are also sited
An initial draft of the New Recommendations was presented at the Third Injection
Technique workshop in AtheNs (TITAN) held in Athens Greece from 10-13 September
2009 During these three days 127 doctors nurses educators and psychologists all
injection experts from 27 countries engaged in intense discussion of these proposals (see
list of attendees in Appendix 1) The discussions continued after the meeting by
electronic means leading to a complete revision of the initial guidelines and eventually
to the recommendations of this paper
The New Injection Recommendations
Introduction
The assumption that animates this document is that proper injection technique is
absolutely essential to good diabetes management It may be as important as the
choice and dose of injected agent otherwise the latter will not act with optimal effect (10)
These recommendations apply to the vast majority of injecting patients but there will
inevitably be individual exceptions for which these rules must be adjusted Background
information and actionable advice sometimes overlap in the sections below There are
currently three classes of injectable substances available for diabetes therapy insulin
GLP-1 agents and amylin agonists (11) The health care professional (especially the
diabetes educator) plays a crucial role in the optimal use of these agents
The Role of the Health Care Professional
5
Key tasks of the health care professional (HCP) are to teach patients (and
other care-givers) how to inject correctly and to address the many
psychological hurdles the patient may face when injecting especially at the
initiation of such treatment (12) A1
The HCP must have an understanding of the anatomy of injection sites in
order to help patients avoid intramuscular (IM) injections and to ensure that
injections are consistently made into the subcutaneous (SC) tissue without
leakagebackflow or other complications (13) A1
In addition the HCP must have knowledge of absorption profiles of the
various agents from different tissues (14-16) A1
Psychological Challenges of Injections Children
bull For the purpose of these recommendations childhood is defined as birth to
the onset of puberty
bull The anxiety most children face when starting insulin therapy often relates to
earlier experiences with immunizations as well as negative societal messages
regarding injections (17)
bull HCPs and parents fear hurting children and often transmit their own
anxieties
bull Parents who are well-prepared beforehand will transmit less anxiety the
presence of a calm and reassuring parent is the most effective support for a
distressed child
bull Anticipatory fear is often worse than the actual experience of the injection
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient or
parent give a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their
diagnosis of diabetes
6
bull A HCP who smiles while giving an injection may be interpreted as one who
enjoys hurting the child A neutral expression at that moment is preferred
bull Children have a lower threshold for pain than adults and sometimes find
injecting uncomfortable The HCP should ask about pain since many young
patients will not bring it up spontaneously (18) B2
bull Younger children may be helped by distraction techniques (as long as they
do not involve trickery) while older children respond better to cognitive
behavioral therapies (CBT) (19) B2
bull CBT include relaxation training guided imagery graded exposure active
behavioral rehearsal modeling and reinforcement incentive scheduling
(19) B2
Adolescents
bull For the purpose of these recommendations adolescence is defined as puberty
through 18 years of age
bull HCPs should recognize that many adolescents are reluctant to inject insulin
in front of peers
bull There is a greater tendency among adolescents to skip injections often
because of simple forgetfulness although at other times this may be due to
peer pressure rebellion pain etc (17)
bull If skipping injections becomes habitual it may be due to the dangerous
practice common in some young women of under-dosing insulin as a means
of weight control
bull This practice should be actively investigated whenever there is a discrepancy
between the doses advised or reported and blood glucose readings or when
one finds unexplained weight loss
bull Adolescents should be reassured that no one manages diabetes perfectly all
the time and that occasional slip-ups as long as they do not become habitual
are not signs of failure
7
bull Any steps which enhance their sense of control will have positive
consequences for the adolescent (eg flexible injection schedule for weekends
and holidays)
bull All patients but especially adolescents should be encouraged to express their
feelings about injecting particularly their frustrations and struggles
Adults
bull Very few adults have true needle phobia but many have anxiety about
injecting especially at the beginning of therapy (20 21)
bull Even experienced patients may view injections with a degree of regret and
loathing (22 23)
bull At the beginning of therapy the demonstration of a self-injection of saline by
the HCP can relieve patient anxiety
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient give
a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their diagnosis of
diabetes
bull As insulin itself is also a source of anxiety the HCP should prepare all newly-
diagnosed patients with type 2 diabetes for possible future insulin therapy by
explaining the natural progressive nature of the disease stating that it
includes insulin therapy and making clear that insulin treatment is not a sign
of their failure (24)
bull Both the short-term and long-term advantages of good glucose management
should be emphasized (25)
bull Early on finding the right combination of therapies leading to good glucose
management should be the goal rather than minimizing the number of
agents used (25 26)
bull HCPs should reflect on their own perceptions of insulin therapy and avoid
using any terms ndash even casually - which imply that such therapy is a sign of
failure a form of punishment or a threat (27 28)
8
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Two northern European countries were the first to develop and publish guidelines of their
own The Danish guidelines (5) were first published in 2002 and then updated in 2006 by
the Danish Nurses Organization under the title Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for
Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus The document is available in both
Danish and English The Dutch guidelines (6) were published in September 2008 by the
Association for Diabetes Care Professionals (EADV) under the title Guideline The
Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen It is available in both Dutch and English
Other injecting guidelines exist both at a local and national level (eg from the American
Diabetes Association [7 8]) but none are published as a separate dedicated set like these
four (the first [1] and second workshops [2] and the Danish [5] and Dutch guidelines [6])
and none are as comprehensive
This paper will present new injection recommendations built upon these previous sets
We however seek to enlarge upon their scope covering issues that were not addressed
or that have arisen subsequent to their publication This set of new recommendations
reflects the work of a group of experts in injection technique (see list of authors and
Appendix 1) who met face-to-face periodically over an eighteen month period as well as
maintained continuous email contact The work is based on their review and analysis of
all peer-reviewed studies and publications which bear on the subject of injections in
diabetes Articles were searched using Pub Med Medline and Cochrane Reviews More
than three hundred were identified of which nearly a hundred and sixty were felt relevant
enough to be sited
These new recommendations take into account the arrival of a number of new insulin
analogues and GLP-1 agents for which no injection guidelines have yet been developed
Since there continues to be a move to more intensive insulin regimens and an increasing
proportion of injections are being given by Type 2 patients the role of General
Practitioners in the injection arena has been enhanced However few GPs are
experienced with the finer points of patient self-injection and few Type 2 patients get
intensive injection training Newer needle lengths such as the 5 and 6mm pen needles
2
are gaining prominence (or dominance) in many countries yet questions remain
regarding the appropriateness of their use in certain populations The new
recommendations target unmet needs of these patient groups and the devices and agents
they use On the horizon according to certain publications are even shorter needles (9)
Furthermore new subgroups of injectors are demanding recommendations targeted to
their own needs This includes pediatric patients obese patients and pregnant women
Similarly new and recent concerns unaddressed by other sets of recommendations have
arisen These include how to treat and prevent lipohypertrophies psychological aspects
of injection including needle fear and pain management the safe disposal of used sharps
and the protection from needlestick injuries of lsquodownstreamrsquo persons
Finally the new recommendations were informed by insights gained from the second
injection technique questionnaire survey Over 8 months from September 2008 to June
2009 4352 insulin-injecting Type 1 and 2 diabetic patients from 171 centers in 16
countries participated in the survey making it one of the largest multicenter studies of its
kind in diabetes The results of this survey (still unpublished) were just coming available
when the new recommendations were being formulated
In the light of these needs and using the guidance of recent publications and new data the
team of experts proposes new recommendations on the following set of subjects
The Role of the Health Care Professional
Psychological Challenges of Injections
Children
Adolescents
Adults
Therapeutic Education
Injection Site Care
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Injecting Process
3
The Proper Use of Pens
The Proper Use of Syringes
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Human and Pre-mixed Insulins
GLP-1 agents
Needle Length
Children and Adolescents
Adults
Skin Folds
Lipohypertrophy
Background and Consequences
Prevention
Therapy and Follow Up
Rotation of Injection Sites
Bleeding and Bruising
Pregnancy
Intra-dermal Injections
Safety Needles
Disposal of injecting material
For the strength of recommendation we use the following scale
A Strongly recommended
B Recommended
C Unresolved issue
For the scientific evidence we use this scale
1 At least one randomized controlled study
2 At least one non-randomized (or non-controlled or epidemiologic) study
3 Consensus expert opinion based on extensive patient experience
4
Thus the letter will indicate the weight the recommendations should have in daily
practice and the grade will indicate the level of support it has in the medical literature
Every one of the new recommendations will have both a letter and number following it
(eg A2) The most relevant publications bearing on the recommendation are also sited
An initial draft of the New Recommendations was presented at the Third Injection
Technique workshop in AtheNs (TITAN) held in Athens Greece from 10-13 September
2009 During these three days 127 doctors nurses educators and psychologists all
injection experts from 27 countries engaged in intense discussion of these proposals (see
list of attendees in Appendix 1) The discussions continued after the meeting by
electronic means leading to a complete revision of the initial guidelines and eventually
to the recommendations of this paper
The New Injection Recommendations
Introduction
The assumption that animates this document is that proper injection technique is
absolutely essential to good diabetes management It may be as important as the
choice and dose of injected agent otherwise the latter will not act with optimal effect (10)
These recommendations apply to the vast majority of injecting patients but there will
inevitably be individual exceptions for which these rules must be adjusted Background
information and actionable advice sometimes overlap in the sections below There are
currently three classes of injectable substances available for diabetes therapy insulin
GLP-1 agents and amylin agonists (11) The health care professional (especially the
diabetes educator) plays a crucial role in the optimal use of these agents
The Role of the Health Care Professional
5
Key tasks of the health care professional (HCP) are to teach patients (and
other care-givers) how to inject correctly and to address the many
psychological hurdles the patient may face when injecting especially at the
initiation of such treatment (12) A1
The HCP must have an understanding of the anatomy of injection sites in
order to help patients avoid intramuscular (IM) injections and to ensure that
injections are consistently made into the subcutaneous (SC) tissue without
leakagebackflow or other complications (13) A1
In addition the HCP must have knowledge of absorption profiles of the
various agents from different tissues (14-16) A1
Psychological Challenges of Injections Children
bull For the purpose of these recommendations childhood is defined as birth to
the onset of puberty
bull The anxiety most children face when starting insulin therapy often relates to
earlier experiences with immunizations as well as negative societal messages
regarding injections (17)
bull HCPs and parents fear hurting children and often transmit their own
anxieties
bull Parents who are well-prepared beforehand will transmit less anxiety the
presence of a calm and reassuring parent is the most effective support for a
distressed child
bull Anticipatory fear is often worse than the actual experience of the injection
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient or
parent give a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their
diagnosis of diabetes
6
bull A HCP who smiles while giving an injection may be interpreted as one who
enjoys hurting the child A neutral expression at that moment is preferred
bull Children have a lower threshold for pain than adults and sometimes find
injecting uncomfortable The HCP should ask about pain since many young
patients will not bring it up spontaneously (18) B2
bull Younger children may be helped by distraction techniques (as long as they
do not involve trickery) while older children respond better to cognitive
behavioral therapies (CBT) (19) B2
bull CBT include relaxation training guided imagery graded exposure active
behavioral rehearsal modeling and reinforcement incentive scheduling
(19) B2
Adolescents
bull For the purpose of these recommendations adolescence is defined as puberty
through 18 years of age
bull HCPs should recognize that many adolescents are reluctant to inject insulin
in front of peers
bull There is a greater tendency among adolescents to skip injections often
because of simple forgetfulness although at other times this may be due to
peer pressure rebellion pain etc (17)
bull If skipping injections becomes habitual it may be due to the dangerous
practice common in some young women of under-dosing insulin as a means
of weight control
bull This practice should be actively investigated whenever there is a discrepancy
between the doses advised or reported and blood glucose readings or when
one finds unexplained weight loss
bull Adolescents should be reassured that no one manages diabetes perfectly all
the time and that occasional slip-ups as long as they do not become habitual
are not signs of failure
7
bull Any steps which enhance their sense of control will have positive
consequences for the adolescent (eg flexible injection schedule for weekends
and holidays)
bull All patients but especially adolescents should be encouraged to express their
feelings about injecting particularly their frustrations and struggles
Adults
bull Very few adults have true needle phobia but many have anxiety about
injecting especially at the beginning of therapy (20 21)
bull Even experienced patients may view injections with a degree of regret and
loathing (22 23)
bull At the beginning of therapy the demonstration of a self-injection of saline by
the HCP can relieve patient anxiety
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient give
a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their diagnosis of
diabetes
bull As insulin itself is also a source of anxiety the HCP should prepare all newly-
diagnosed patients with type 2 diabetes for possible future insulin therapy by
explaining the natural progressive nature of the disease stating that it
includes insulin therapy and making clear that insulin treatment is not a sign
of their failure (24)
bull Both the short-term and long-term advantages of good glucose management
should be emphasized (25)
bull Early on finding the right combination of therapies leading to good glucose
management should be the goal rather than minimizing the number of
agents used (25 26)
bull HCPs should reflect on their own perceptions of insulin therapy and avoid
using any terms ndash even casually - which imply that such therapy is a sign of
failure a form of punishment or a threat (27 28)
8
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
are gaining prominence (or dominance) in many countries yet questions remain
regarding the appropriateness of their use in certain populations The new
recommendations target unmet needs of these patient groups and the devices and agents
they use On the horizon according to certain publications are even shorter needles (9)
Furthermore new subgroups of injectors are demanding recommendations targeted to
their own needs This includes pediatric patients obese patients and pregnant women
Similarly new and recent concerns unaddressed by other sets of recommendations have
arisen These include how to treat and prevent lipohypertrophies psychological aspects
of injection including needle fear and pain management the safe disposal of used sharps
and the protection from needlestick injuries of lsquodownstreamrsquo persons
Finally the new recommendations were informed by insights gained from the second
injection technique questionnaire survey Over 8 months from September 2008 to June
2009 4352 insulin-injecting Type 1 and 2 diabetic patients from 171 centers in 16
countries participated in the survey making it one of the largest multicenter studies of its
kind in diabetes The results of this survey (still unpublished) were just coming available
when the new recommendations were being formulated
In the light of these needs and using the guidance of recent publications and new data the
team of experts proposes new recommendations on the following set of subjects
The Role of the Health Care Professional
Psychological Challenges of Injections
Children
Adolescents
Adults
Therapeutic Education
Injection Site Care
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Injecting Process
3
The Proper Use of Pens
The Proper Use of Syringes
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Human and Pre-mixed Insulins
GLP-1 agents
Needle Length
Children and Adolescents
Adults
Skin Folds
Lipohypertrophy
Background and Consequences
Prevention
Therapy and Follow Up
Rotation of Injection Sites
Bleeding and Bruising
Pregnancy
Intra-dermal Injections
Safety Needles
Disposal of injecting material
For the strength of recommendation we use the following scale
A Strongly recommended
B Recommended
C Unresolved issue
For the scientific evidence we use this scale
1 At least one randomized controlled study
2 At least one non-randomized (or non-controlled or epidemiologic) study
3 Consensus expert opinion based on extensive patient experience
4
Thus the letter will indicate the weight the recommendations should have in daily
practice and the grade will indicate the level of support it has in the medical literature
Every one of the new recommendations will have both a letter and number following it
(eg A2) The most relevant publications bearing on the recommendation are also sited
An initial draft of the New Recommendations was presented at the Third Injection
Technique workshop in AtheNs (TITAN) held in Athens Greece from 10-13 September
2009 During these three days 127 doctors nurses educators and psychologists all
injection experts from 27 countries engaged in intense discussion of these proposals (see
list of attendees in Appendix 1) The discussions continued after the meeting by
electronic means leading to a complete revision of the initial guidelines and eventually
to the recommendations of this paper
The New Injection Recommendations
Introduction
The assumption that animates this document is that proper injection technique is
absolutely essential to good diabetes management It may be as important as the
choice and dose of injected agent otherwise the latter will not act with optimal effect (10)
These recommendations apply to the vast majority of injecting patients but there will
inevitably be individual exceptions for which these rules must be adjusted Background
information and actionable advice sometimes overlap in the sections below There are
currently three classes of injectable substances available for diabetes therapy insulin
GLP-1 agents and amylin agonists (11) The health care professional (especially the
diabetes educator) plays a crucial role in the optimal use of these agents
The Role of the Health Care Professional
5
Key tasks of the health care professional (HCP) are to teach patients (and
other care-givers) how to inject correctly and to address the many
psychological hurdles the patient may face when injecting especially at the
initiation of such treatment (12) A1
The HCP must have an understanding of the anatomy of injection sites in
order to help patients avoid intramuscular (IM) injections and to ensure that
injections are consistently made into the subcutaneous (SC) tissue without
leakagebackflow or other complications (13) A1
In addition the HCP must have knowledge of absorption profiles of the
various agents from different tissues (14-16) A1
Psychological Challenges of Injections Children
bull For the purpose of these recommendations childhood is defined as birth to
the onset of puberty
bull The anxiety most children face when starting insulin therapy often relates to
earlier experiences with immunizations as well as negative societal messages
regarding injections (17)
bull HCPs and parents fear hurting children and often transmit their own
anxieties
bull Parents who are well-prepared beforehand will transmit less anxiety the
presence of a calm and reassuring parent is the most effective support for a
distressed child
bull Anticipatory fear is often worse than the actual experience of the injection
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient or
parent give a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their
diagnosis of diabetes
6
bull A HCP who smiles while giving an injection may be interpreted as one who
enjoys hurting the child A neutral expression at that moment is preferred
bull Children have a lower threshold for pain than adults and sometimes find
injecting uncomfortable The HCP should ask about pain since many young
patients will not bring it up spontaneously (18) B2
bull Younger children may be helped by distraction techniques (as long as they
do not involve trickery) while older children respond better to cognitive
behavioral therapies (CBT) (19) B2
bull CBT include relaxation training guided imagery graded exposure active
behavioral rehearsal modeling and reinforcement incentive scheduling
(19) B2
Adolescents
bull For the purpose of these recommendations adolescence is defined as puberty
through 18 years of age
bull HCPs should recognize that many adolescents are reluctant to inject insulin
in front of peers
bull There is a greater tendency among adolescents to skip injections often
because of simple forgetfulness although at other times this may be due to
peer pressure rebellion pain etc (17)
bull If skipping injections becomes habitual it may be due to the dangerous
practice common in some young women of under-dosing insulin as a means
of weight control
bull This practice should be actively investigated whenever there is a discrepancy
between the doses advised or reported and blood glucose readings or when
one finds unexplained weight loss
bull Adolescents should be reassured that no one manages diabetes perfectly all
the time and that occasional slip-ups as long as they do not become habitual
are not signs of failure
7
bull Any steps which enhance their sense of control will have positive
consequences for the adolescent (eg flexible injection schedule for weekends
and holidays)
bull All patients but especially adolescents should be encouraged to express their
feelings about injecting particularly their frustrations and struggles
Adults
bull Very few adults have true needle phobia but many have anxiety about
injecting especially at the beginning of therapy (20 21)
bull Even experienced patients may view injections with a degree of regret and
loathing (22 23)
bull At the beginning of therapy the demonstration of a self-injection of saline by
the HCP can relieve patient anxiety
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient give
a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their diagnosis of
diabetes
bull As insulin itself is also a source of anxiety the HCP should prepare all newly-
diagnosed patients with type 2 diabetes for possible future insulin therapy by
explaining the natural progressive nature of the disease stating that it
includes insulin therapy and making clear that insulin treatment is not a sign
of their failure (24)
bull Both the short-term and long-term advantages of good glucose management
should be emphasized (25)
bull Early on finding the right combination of therapies leading to good glucose
management should be the goal rather than minimizing the number of
agents used (25 26)
bull HCPs should reflect on their own perceptions of insulin therapy and avoid
using any terms ndash even casually - which imply that such therapy is a sign of
failure a form of punishment or a threat (27 28)
8
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
The Proper Use of Pens
The Proper Use of Syringes
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Human and Pre-mixed Insulins
GLP-1 agents
Needle Length
Children and Adolescents
Adults
Skin Folds
Lipohypertrophy
Background and Consequences
Prevention
Therapy and Follow Up
Rotation of Injection Sites
Bleeding and Bruising
Pregnancy
Intra-dermal Injections
Safety Needles
Disposal of injecting material
For the strength of recommendation we use the following scale
A Strongly recommended
B Recommended
C Unresolved issue
For the scientific evidence we use this scale
1 At least one randomized controlled study
2 At least one non-randomized (or non-controlled or epidemiologic) study
3 Consensus expert opinion based on extensive patient experience
4
Thus the letter will indicate the weight the recommendations should have in daily
practice and the grade will indicate the level of support it has in the medical literature
Every one of the new recommendations will have both a letter and number following it
(eg A2) The most relevant publications bearing on the recommendation are also sited
An initial draft of the New Recommendations was presented at the Third Injection
Technique workshop in AtheNs (TITAN) held in Athens Greece from 10-13 September
2009 During these three days 127 doctors nurses educators and psychologists all
injection experts from 27 countries engaged in intense discussion of these proposals (see
list of attendees in Appendix 1) The discussions continued after the meeting by
electronic means leading to a complete revision of the initial guidelines and eventually
to the recommendations of this paper
The New Injection Recommendations
Introduction
The assumption that animates this document is that proper injection technique is
absolutely essential to good diabetes management It may be as important as the
choice and dose of injected agent otherwise the latter will not act with optimal effect (10)
These recommendations apply to the vast majority of injecting patients but there will
inevitably be individual exceptions for which these rules must be adjusted Background
information and actionable advice sometimes overlap in the sections below There are
currently three classes of injectable substances available for diabetes therapy insulin
GLP-1 agents and amylin agonists (11) The health care professional (especially the
diabetes educator) plays a crucial role in the optimal use of these agents
The Role of the Health Care Professional
5
Key tasks of the health care professional (HCP) are to teach patients (and
other care-givers) how to inject correctly and to address the many
psychological hurdles the patient may face when injecting especially at the
initiation of such treatment (12) A1
The HCP must have an understanding of the anatomy of injection sites in
order to help patients avoid intramuscular (IM) injections and to ensure that
injections are consistently made into the subcutaneous (SC) tissue without
leakagebackflow or other complications (13) A1
In addition the HCP must have knowledge of absorption profiles of the
various agents from different tissues (14-16) A1
Psychological Challenges of Injections Children
bull For the purpose of these recommendations childhood is defined as birth to
the onset of puberty
bull The anxiety most children face when starting insulin therapy often relates to
earlier experiences with immunizations as well as negative societal messages
regarding injections (17)
bull HCPs and parents fear hurting children and often transmit their own
anxieties
bull Parents who are well-prepared beforehand will transmit less anxiety the
presence of a calm and reassuring parent is the most effective support for a
distressed child
bull Anticipatory fear is often worse than the actual experience of the injection
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient or
parent give a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their
diagnosis of diabetes
6
bull A HCP who smiles while giving an injection may be interpreted as one who
enjoys hurting the child A neutral expression at that moment is preferred
bull Children have a lower threshold for pain than adults and sometimes find
injecting uncomfortable The HCP should ask about pain since many young
patients will not bring it up spontaneously (18) B2
bull Younger children may be helped by distraction techniques (as long as they
do not involve trickery) while older children respond better to cognitive
behavioral therapies (CBT) (19) B2
bull CBT include relaxation training guided imagery graded exposure active
behavioral rehearsal modeling and reinforcement incentive scheduling
(19) B2
Adolescents
bull For the purpose of these recommendations adolescence is defined as puberty
through 18 years of age
bull HCPs should recognize that many adolescents are reluctant to inject insulin
in front of peers
bull There is a greater tendency among adolescents to skip injections often
because of simple forgetfulness although at other times this may be due to
peer pressure rebellion pain etc (17)
bull If skipping injections becomes habitual it may be due to the dangerous
practice common in some young women of under-dosing insulin as a means
of weight control
bull This practice should be actively investigated whenever there is a discrepancy
between the doses advised or reported and blood glucose readings or when
one finds unexplained weight loss
bull Adolescents should be reassured that no one manages diabetes perfectly all
the time and that occasional slip-ups as long as they do not become habitual
are not signs of failure
7
bull Any steps which enhance their sense of control will have positive
consequences for the adolescent (eg flexible injection schedule for weekends
and holidays)
bull All patients but especially adolescents should be encouraged to express their
feelings about injecting particularly their frustrations and struggles
Adults
bull Very few adults have true needle phobia but many have anxiety about
injecting especially at the beginning of therapy (20 21)
bull Even experienced patients may view injections with a degree of regret and
loathing (22 23)
bull At the beginning of therapy the demonstration of a self-injection of saline by
the HCP can relieve patient anxiety
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient give
a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their diagnosis of
diabetes
bull As insulin itself is also a source of anxiety the HCP should prepare all newly-
diagnosed patients with type 2 diabetes for possible future insulin therapy by
explaining the natural progressive nature of the disease stating that it
includes insulin therapy and making clear that insulin treatment is not a sign
of their failure (24)
bull Both the short-term and long-term advantages of good glucose management
should be emphasized (25)
bull Early on finding the right combination of therapies leading to good glucose
management should be the goal rather than minimizing the number of
agents used (25 26)
bull HCPs should reflect on their own perceptions of insulin therapy and avoid
using any terms ndash even casually - which imply that such therapy is a sign of
failure a form of punishment or a threat (27 28)
8
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Thus the letter will indicate the weight the recommendations should have in daily
practice and the grade will indicate the level of support it has in the medical literature
Every one of the new recommendations will have both a letter and number following it
(eg A2) The most relevant publications bearing on the recommendation are also sited
An initial draft of the New Recommendations was presented at the Third Injection
Technique workshop in AtheNs (TITAN) held in Athens Greece from 10-13 September
2009 During these three days 127 doctors nurses educators and psychologists all
injection experts from 27 countries engaged in intense discussion of these proposals (see
list of attendees in Appendix 1) The discussions continued after the meeting by
electronic means leading to a complete revision of the initial guidelines and eventually
to the recommendations of this paper
The New Injection Recommendations
Introduction
The assumption that animates this document is that proper injection technique is
absolutely essential to good diabetes management It may be as important as the
choice and dose of injected agent otherwise the latter will not act with optimal effect (10)
These recommendations apply to the vast majority of injecting patients but there will
inevitably be individual exceptions for which these rules must be adjusted Background
information and actionable advice sometimes overlap in the sections below There are
currently three classes of injectable substances available for diabetes therapy insulin
GLP-1 agents and amylin agonists (11) The health care professional (especially the
diabetes educator) plays a crucial role in the optimal use of these agents
The Role of the Health Care Professional
5
Key tasks of the health care professional (HCP) are to teach patients (and
other care-givers) how to inject correctly and to address the many
psychological hurdles the patient may face when injecting especially at the
initiation of such treatment (12) A1
The HCP must have an understanding of the anatomy of injection sites in
order to help patients avoid intramuscular (IM) injections and to ensure that
injections are consistently made into the subcutaneous (SC) tissue without
leakagebackflow or other complications (13) A1
In addition the HCP must have knowledge of absorption profiles of the
various agents from different tissues (14-16) A1
Psychological Challenges of Injections Children
bull For the purpose of these recommendations childhood is defined as birth to
the onset of puberty
bull The anxiety most children face when starting insulin therapy often relates to
earlier experiences with immunizations as well as negative societal messages
regarding injections (17)
bull HCPs and parents fear hurting children and often transmit their own
anxieties
bull Parents who are well-prepared beforehand will transmit less anxiety the
presence of a calm and reassuring parent is the most effective support for a
distressed child
bull Anticipatory fear is often worse than the actual experience of the injection
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient or
parent give a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their
diagnosis of diabetes
6
bull A HCP who smiles while giving an injection may be interpreted as one who
enjoys hurting the child A neutral expression at that moment is preferred
bull Children have a lower threshold for pain than adults and sometimes find
injecting uncomfortable The HCP should ask about pain since many young
patients will not bring it up spontaneously (18) B2
bull Younger children may be helped by distraction techniques (as long as they
do not involve trickery) while older children respond better to cognitive
behavioral therapies (CBT) (19) B2
bull CBT include relaxation training guided imagery graded exposure active
behavioral rehearsal modeling and reinforcement incentive scheduling
(19) B2
Adolescents
bull For the purpose of these recommendations adolescence is defined as puberty
through 18 years of age
bull HCPs should recognize that many adolescents are reluctant to inject insulin
in front of peers
bull There is a greater tendency among adolescents to skip injections often
because of simple forgetfulness although at other times this may be due to
peer pressure rebellion pain etc (17)
bull If skipping injections becomes habitual it may be due to the dangerous
practice common in some young women of under-dosing insulin as a means
of weight control
bull This practice should be actively investigated whenever there is a discrepancy
between the doses advised or reported and blood glucose readings or when
one finds unexplained weight loss
bull Adolescents should be reassured that no one manages diabetes perfectly all
the time and that occasional slip-ups as long as they do not become habitual
are not signs of failure
7
bull Any steps which enhance their sense of control will have positive
consequences for the adolescent (eg flexible injection schedule for weekends
and holidays)
bull All patients but especially adolescents should be encouraged to express their
feelings about injecting particularly their frustrations and struggles
Adults
bull Very few adults have true needle phobia but many have anxiety about
injecting especially at the beginning of therapy (20 21)
bull Even experienced patients may view injections with a degree of regret and
loathing (22 23)
bull At the beginning of therapy the demonstration of a self-injection of saline by
the HCP can relieve patient anxiety
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient give
a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their diagnosis of
diabetes
bull As insulin itself is also a source of anxiety the HCP should prepare all newly-
diagnosed patients with type 2 diabetes for possible future insulin therapy by
explaining the natural progressive nature of the disease stating that it
includes insulin therapy and making clear that insulin treatment is not a sign
of their failure (24)
bull Both the short-term and long-term advantages of good glucose management
should be emphasized (25)
bull Early on finding the right combination of therapies leading to good glucose
management should be the goal rather than minimizing the number of
agents used (25 26)
bull HCPs should reflect on their own perceptions of insulin therapy and avoid
using any terms ndash even casually - which imply that such therapy is a sign of
failure a form of punishment or a threat (27 28)
8
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Key tasks of the health care professional (HCP) are to teach patients (and
other care-givers) how to inject correctly and to address the many
psychological hurdles the patient may face when injecting especially at the
initiation of such treatment (12) A1
The HCP must have an understanding of the anatomy of injection sites in
order to help patients avoid intramuscular (IM) injections and to ensure that
injections are consistently made into the subcutaneous (SC) tissue without
leakagebackflow or other complications (13) A1
In addition the HCP must have knowledge of absorption profiles of the
various agents from different tissues (14-16) A1
Psychological Challenges of Injections Children
bull For the purpose of these recommendations childhood is defined as birth to
the onset of puberty
bull The anxiety most children face when starting insulin therapy often relates to
earlier experiences with immunizations as well as negative societal messages
regarding injections (17)
bull HCPs and parents fear hurting children and often transmit their own
anxieties
bull Parents who are well-prepared beforehand will transmit less anxiety the
presence of a calm and reassuring parent is the most effective support for a
distressed child
bull Anticipatory fear is often worse than the actual experience of the injection
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient or
parent give a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their
diagnosis of diabetes
6
bull A HCP who smiles while giving an injection may be interpreted as one who
enjoys hurting the child A neutral expression at that moment is preferred
bull Children have a lower threshold for pain than adults and sometimes find
injecting uncomfortable The HCP should ask about pain since many young
patients will not bring it up spontaneously (18) B2
bull Younger children may be helped by distraction techniques (as long as they
do not involve trickery) while older children respond better to cognitive
behavioral therapies (CBT) (19) B2
bull CBT include relaxation training guided imagery graded exposure active
behavioral rehearsal modeling and reinforcement incentive scheduling
(19) B2
Adolescents
bull For the purpose of these recommendations adolescence is defined as puberty
through 18 years of age
bull HCPs should recognize that many adolescents are reluctant to inject insulin
in front of peers
bull There is a greater tendency among adolescents to skip injections often
because of simple forgetfulness although at other times this may be due to
peer pressure rebellion pain etc (17)
bull If skipping injections becomes habitual it may be due to the dangerous
practice common in some young women of under-dosing insulin as a means
of weight control
bull This practice should be actively investigated whenever there is a discrepancy
between the doses advised or reported and blood glucose readings or when
one finds unexplained weight loss
bull Adolescents should be reassured that no one manages diabetes perfectly all
the time and that occasional slip-ups as long as they do not become habitual
are not signs of failure
7
bull Any steps which enhance their sense of control will have positive
consequences for the adolescent (eg flexible injection schedule for weekends
and holidays)
bull All patients but especially adolescents should be encouraged to express their
feelings about injecting particularly their frustrations and struggles
Adults
bull Very few adults have true needle phobia but many have anxiety about
injecting especially at the beginning of therapy (20 21)
bull Even experienced patients may view injections with a degree of regret and
loathing (22 23)
bull At the beginning of therapy the demonstration of a self-injection of saline by
the HCP can relieve patient anxiety
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient give
a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their diagnosis of
diabetes
bull As insulin itself is also a source of anxiety the HCP should prepare all newly-
diagnosed patients with type 2 diabetes for possible future insulin therapy by
explaining the natural progressive nature of the disease stating that it
includes insulin therapy and making clear that insulin treatment is not a sign
of their failure (24)
bull Both the short-term and long-term advantages of good glucose management
should be emphasized (25)
bull Early on finding the right combination of therapies leading to good glucose
management should be the goal rather than minimizing the number of
agents used (25 26)
bull HCPs should reflect on their own perceptions of insulin therapy and avoid
using any terms ndash even casually - which imply that such therapy is a sign of
failure a form of punishment or a threat (27 28)
8
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
bull A HCP who smiles while giving an injection may be interpreted as one who
enjoys hurting the child A neutral expression at that moment is preferred
bull Children have a lower threshold for pain than adults and sometimes find
injecting uncomfortable The HCP should ask about pain since many young
patients will not bring it up spontaneously (18) B2
bull Younger children may be helped by distraction techniques (as long as they
do not involve trickery) while older children respond better to cognitive
behavioral therapies (CBT) (19) B2
bull CBT include relaxation training guided imagery graded exposure active
behavioral rehearsal modeling and reinforcement incentive scheduling
(19) B2
Adolescents
bull For the purpose of these recommendations adolescence is defined as puberty
through 18 years of age
bull HCPs should recognize that many adolescents are reluctant to inject insulin
in front of peers
bull There is a greater tendency among adolescents to skip injections often
because of simple forgetfulness although at other times this may be due to
peer pressure rebellion pain etc (17)
bull If skipping injections becomes habitual it may be due to the dangerous
practice common in some young women of under-dosing insulin as a means
of weight control
bull This practice should be actively investigated whenever there is a discrepancy
between the doses advised or reported and blood glucose readings or when
one finds unexplained weight loss
bull Adolescents should be reassured that no one manages diabetes perfectly all
the time and that occasional slip-ups as long as they do not become habitual
are not signs of failure
7
bull Any steps which enhance their sense of control will have positive
consequences for the adolescent (eg flexible injection schedule for weekends
and holidays)
bull All patients but especially adolescents should be encouraged to express their
feelings about injecting particularly their frustrations and struggles
Adults
bull Very few adults have true needle phobia but many have anxiety about
injecting especially at the beginning of therapy (20 21)
bull Even experienced patients may view injections with a degree of regret and
loathing (22 23)
bull At the beginning of therapy the demonstration of a self-injection of saline by
the HCP can relieve patient anxiety
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient give
a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their diagnosis of
diabetes
bull As insulin itself is also a source of anxiety the HCP should prepare all newly-
diagnosed patients with type 2 diabetes for possible future insulin therapy by
explaining the natural progressive nature of the disease stating that it
includes insulin therapy and making clear that insulin treatment is not a sign
of their failure (24)
bull Both the short-term and long-term advantages of good glucose management
should be emphasized (25)
bull Early on finding the right combination of therapies leading to good glucose
management should be the goal rather than minimizing the number of
agents used (25 26)
bull HCPs should reflect on their own perceptions of insulin therapy and avoid
using any terms ndash even casually - which imply that such therapy is a sign of
failure a form of punishment or a threat (27 28)
8
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
bull Any steps which enhance their sense of control will have positive
consequences for the adolescent (eg flexible injection schedule for weekends
and holidays)
bull All patients but especially adolescents should be encouraged to express their
feelings about injecting particularly their frustrations and struggles
Adults
bull Very few adults have true needle phobia but many have anxiety about
injecting especially at the beginning of therapy (20 21)
bull Even experienced patients may view injections with a degree of regret and
loathing (22 23)
bull At the beginning of therapy the demonstration of a self-injection of saline by
the HCP can relieve patient anxiety
bull Fear of injection can also be significantly relieved by having the patient give
a self-injection of saline or one unit of insulin early on after their diagnosis of
diabetes
bull As insulin itself is also a source of anxiety the HCP should prepare all newly-
diagnosed patients with type 2 diabetes for possible future insulin therapy by
explaining the natural progressive nature of the disease stating that it
includes insulin therapy and making clear that insulin treatment is not a sign
of their failure (24)
bull Both the short-term and long-term advantages of good glucose management
should be emphasized (25)
bull Early on finding the right combination of therapies leading to good glucose
management should be the goal rather than minimizing the number of
agents used (25 26)
bull HCPs should reflect on their own perceptions of insulin therapy and avoid
using any terms ndash even casually - which imply that such therapy is a sign of
failure a form of punishment or a threat (27 28)
8
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
bull Through culturally-appropriate metaphors pictures and stories HCPs
should show how insulin injections enhance both the duration and quality of
life (25)
bull In all age groups pen therapy may have psychological advantages over
syringe therapy (25 29)
Therapeutic Education
Decisions regarding injections should be made in a discussion context where
the patient is a partner and the HCP offers experience and advice (30 31)
A1
The HCP should spend time exploring patient (and other care-giversrsquo)
anxieties about the injecting process and insulin itself (27 32) A1
At the beginning of injection therapy (and at least every year thereafter) the
HCP should discuss among other topics
the injecting regimen
the choice and management of the devices used
choice care and self-examination of injection sites
proper injection technique including site rotation injection angle
and possible use of skin folds
optimal needle lengths
appropriate disposal options (26 27 30 32) A1
The HCP should ensure this information has been fully understood (28) A1
A Quality Management Process should be put in place to ensure that correct
injection technique is practiced by the patient Documentation is essential
Current injection practice should be queried and observed and injecting
sites examined and palpated if possible at each visit but at least every year
(especially in pediatrics) (30 32) A1
9
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Patients (and parents of children with diabetes) should be taught to inspect
and palpate their own injection sites in order to detect lipohypertrophy early
on (33) A2
In group education there is evidence that HbA1c is lowered if the educator
has formal training as educator (34) A2
Injection Site Care
Figure 1 shows the recommended injection sites (35-39)
The sites should be inspected prior to injection (5 6) A1
Change sites if current one shows signs of lipohypertrophy inflammation or
infection (40) A1
Injections should be given in a clean site using clean hands (41) A2
Disinfection of the site is usually not required outside the hospital setting (6
42-44) B2
Disinfection may be appropriate when the site is found to be unclean or the
patient is in a setting where infections can be spread from the hands of the
injector (eg hospital) (41) A1
10
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Injection through clothing has not been associated with adverse outcomes
but the fact that one cannot lift a skin fold or visualize the site when injecting
through clothing suggest that this is suboptimal practice (45) C3
Insulin Storage Suspension and Insulin Pen Priming
Store insulin in current use (pen cartridge or vial) at room temperature (for
a maximum of one month after initial use and within expiry date) Store
back up insulin bottles in an area of the refrigerator where freezing is
unlikely to occur (46 47) A1
Cloudy insulins (eg NPH and pre-mixed insulins) must be gently rolled
andor tipped for 20 cycles until the crystals go back into suspension
(solution becomes milky white) (48-52) A1
Unlike syringe users the pen user cannot lsquosee the insulin going inrsquo when
injecting Obstruction of flow with pens is rare but when it happens can
have serious consequences C3
Therefore it is recommended to prime pens (observing at least a drop at the
needle tip) before the injection to ensure there is unobstructed flow and to
clear needle dead space Once flow is verified the desired dose should be
dialed and the injection administered (53 54) B2
Injecting Process
Inject slowly and ensure that the plunger (syringe) or thumb button (pen)
has been fully depressed (55) A1
When using a pen wait another 10 seconds after dose delivery before
removing the needle in order to avoid leakagereflux this ensures full
delivery of the injected dose (56) A1
Massaging the site before or after injection may speed up absorption and is
generally not recommended (5 6 57) C3
Tips for making injections less painful include
11
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
- Keeping insulin in use at room temperature or taking out the insulin thirty minutes before injecting so that it attains room temperature since cold insulin can be more painful when injected (17) B2
- If using alcohol injecting only when the alcohol has dried out - Not injecting at hair roots - Using a new needle at each injection
The Proper Use of Pens
Injecting pens and cartridges must be used individually for a single patient
and should never be shared between patients due to the risk of biological
material being drawn into the cartridge (42 58) A2
Pen needles should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17 43 44 59 60)
A2
Needles should be disposed of immediately instead of being left attached to
the pen This prevents the entry of air or other contaminants into the
cartridge as well as the leakage of medication out (56 61-64) A1
After pushing the thumb button in completely patients should count slowly
to 10 before withdrawing the needle in order to get the full dose and prevent
the leakage of medication (48 55 56 63 65) A1
Counting past 10 may be necessary for higher doses (66) B3
The Proper Use of Syringes
bull There are regions of the world where significant numbers of patients still use
syringes as their primary injecting device
bull There is currently no syringe with a needle lt8mm in length due to
compatibility issues with certain insulin vial stoppers (67)
bull Unlike pens there is no evidence suggesting that the syringe needle must be
left under the skin for 10 seconds after the plunger has been depressed (55
56 66) B2
12
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
bull There is no medical rationale to use syringes with detachable needles for
insulin injection
bull Permanently-attached needle syringes offer better dose accuracy and
reduced dead space allowing one to mix insulins if needed
bull In regions of the world where U40 insulin and U100 are still on the market
together (eg Asia Africa) careful attention must be paid to using the
appropriate syringe for each concentration
bull When drawing up insulin air equivalent to the dose needs to be drawn up
first and injected into the vial to facilitate insulin withdrawal
bull If air bubbles are seen in the syringe tap the barrel to bring them to the
surface and then remove the bubbles by pushing up the plunger
bull Like pen needles syringes should preferably be used only once (3 5 6 17
43 44 59 60) A2
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
Rapid-acting insulin analogues may be given at any of the injection sites as
absorption rates do not appear to be site-specific (68-72) B2
Rapid-acting analogues should not be given IM although studies have shown
that absorption rates are similar from fat tissue and resting muscle
Absortpion from working muscle has however not been studied (70 73) C3
Giving injections several minutes before meals may help ensure that
analogue activity is better coupled with glucose absorption (74) B2
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Pending further studies patients may inject slow-acting insulin analogues in
any of the usual injecting sites (75) B2
IM injections of long-acting analogues must be avoided due to the risk of
severe hypoglycemia (76) A1
13
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Absorption profiles of detemir may be dose-dependent with larger doses
sometimes having rounded peaks In such cases splitting of doses into two
injections may be appropriate (77) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 65) C3
Patients engaging in athletic activities after injection of glargine (Lantusreg)
or detemir (Levemirreg) should be warned against possible risk of early
hypoglycemia followed by blood sugar elevation due to quicker insulin
absorption and action (78) B2
Human and Pre-mixed insulins
Human insulins are considered to include Regular and NPH insulin
IM injection of NPH must be avoided since serious hypoglycemia can result
(79) A1
NPH insulin will be more slowly absorbed when injected into the thigh or
buttocks These sites are preferred when using NPH as the basal insulin (35
80) A1
NPH has pharmacologic peaks which can lead to hypoglycemia especially
when injected in large doses
As with slow-acting analogues splitting of large doses into two injections
may be appropriate (77 81 82) B2
A threshold for splitting doses is not universally established but it is usually
accepted to be between 40-50 IU (5 6 63) C3
Soluble human insulins (Actrapidreg Humulinreg Regular) may have a slower
absorption profile than the rapid-acting analogs (Humalogreg Novologreg
Apidrareg)
The most rapid absorption of soluble human insulins is in the abdomen
which should be the preferred site (16 36 38 83-85) A1
The absorption of soluble human insulins in the elderly can be slow and these
insulins should not be used when a rapid effect is needed (14 86) B2
14
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Pre-mixed insulins are advised to be given in the abdomen in the morning
and in thigh or buttock in the evening due to the risk of nocturnal
hypoglycemia if NPH insulin is absorbed too fast in the evening (80 81) A1
GLP-1 agents
Pending further studies injections of GLP-1 agents (exeacutenatide Byettareg
liraglutide Victozareg) should be given using the recommendations already
established for insulin injections with regards to needle length and site
rotation (61) A2
GLP-1 agents may be given at any of the injection sites as the
pharmacokinetics do not appear to be site-specific (87) A1
Needles used to inject GLP-1 agents should preferably be used only once (61)
A2
Needle Length The goal of injections with insulin GLP-1 agentsamylin agonist is to reliably
deliver the medication into the SC space without leakage and with minimal pain or
discomfort Choosing an appropriate needle length is critical to accomplishing this
goal Several studies have confirmed equal efficacy and safetytolerability with
shorter-length needles (5 and 6 mm) as with 8mm and 127 mm needles The
decision as to needle length is an individual decision made conjointly by the patient
and hisher health care provider based on multiple factors including physical
pharmacologic and psychological (85 89) A1
Children and Adolescents
15
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Needle anxiety is common among younger patients and other care givers
especially at the beginning of therapy and should be carefully addressed (19)
A1
Appropriate needle length is critical in children and adolescents to avoid IM
injections which can be painful worsen diabetes management contribute to
high glucose variability and at times provoke serious hypoglycemia (73 90 91)
A1
SC tissue patterns are virtually the same in both sexes until puberty after which
girls gain relatively more adipose mass than boys Hence boys may be at a
higher long-term risk of IM injections (73 90 92) A1
The increasing prevalence of obesity in children is an additional parameter to
take into account (93) A1
Children and adolescents should use a 5 or 6 mm needle and should lift a skin
fold with each injection (9 70 73 90 92 94-97) A1
Further studies need to be performed with 4 mm needles before any
recommendations can be made regarding this length (9) C3
There is evidence that injections at 45 degrees with the 6 mm needle is effective
(94) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles longer than 6 mm for
children and adolescents (98) C3
If children only have an 8 mm needle available (as is currently the case with
syringe users) they should lift a skin fold Other options are to use needle
shorteners (where available) or use the buttocks in lean children or adolescents
(90 98 99) A1
With a lifted skin fold the needle may penetrate at a 90 degree angle to the plane
of the skin surface at the point of injection but still be at a 45 degree angle to the
plane of the limb or abdominal surface See Figure 2
16
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Avoid compressing or indenting the skin during the injection as the needle may
penetrate deeper than intended and go into muscle
Injections with 5 or 6mm needles should be performed at 90 degrees to the skin
surface and those with 8mm at 45 degrees
Arms should be used for injections only if a skin fold has been lifted
It is not recommended that arms be used by patients who self-inject since lifting
a skin fold and injecting at the same time is not feasible
Patients andor parents who inject should demonstrate their injection technique
to the HCP
Use of indwelling catheters and injection ports (eg Insuflonreg I-portreg) at the
beginning of therapy can help reduce injection pain and this may improve
adherence to multiple daily insulin regimens (100-104) A1
Adults
The thickness of SC tissue varies by gender body site and BMI of the patient
whereas the thickness of the skin varies minimally Figure 3 summarizes some
observations on SC thickness in men and women showing that SC fat tissue
may be thin in commonly used injection sites Means are in bold numbers and
ranges in parenthesis (39 105-109) A1
17
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Finding the appropriate needle length for each individual patient is critical to
ensuring SC injections and avoiding IM injections (13) A1
5 and 6 mm needles may be used by any patient including obese ones they will
provide equivalent glycemic control compared to 8 mm and 127 mm needles (9
63 110 112 113) A1
There is no evidence to date of significant leakage of insulin increased pain
worsened diabetes management or other complications when using shorter (5-6
mm) needles (9 63 110 114) A1
Patients should be made aware that there are longer needle lengths available but
initial therapy should begin with the shorter lengths (115) B2
Injections with shorter needles can be performed in adults at 90 degrees to the
skin surface (9 63 110 112 113) A1
There is no medical reason for recommending needles gt 8 mm (99 116) B2
Lifting a skin fold andor injecting at a 45-degree angle are especially important
in slim or normal weight patients and in those injecting into the limbs or into
slim abdomens particularly when using needles ge8 mm (110 115 117) A2
Needle length and general injecting technique should be evaluated every year for
patients with suboptimal glucose control
18
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Current needle lengths in infusion sets for Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin
Infusion (CCSI) vary from 6-9 mm (generally used at 90 degrees) to 13 or 17 mm
(generally used at 45 degrees)
Skin Folds
bull Skin folds are essential when the distance from skin surface to the muscle is
less than the length of the needle
bull Lifting a skin fold is an easy and effective means for ensuring SC injections
bull All patients should be taught the correct technique for lifting a skin fold from
the onset of insulin therapy
bull A proper skin fold is made with the thumb and index finger (possibly with
the addition of the middle finger)
bull Lifting the skin by using the whole hand risks lifting muscle with the SC
tissue and can lead to IM injections
bull Figure 4 shows correct (left) and incorrect (right) ways of performing the
skin fold (105) A2
bull The skin fold should not be squeezed so tightly that it causes skin blanching
or pain
19
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
bull Lifting a skin fold in the abdomen and thigh is relatively easy (except in very
obese tense abdomens) but it is more difficult to do in the buttocks (where it
is rarely needed) and is virtually impossible (for patients who self-inject) to
perform properly in the arm
bull The optimal sequence should be 1) make skin fold 2) inject insulin slowly
3) leave the needle in the skin for 10 seconds (when injecting with a pen) 4)
withdraw needle from the skin 5) release skin fold 6) dispose of used needle
safely
Lipohypertrophy
Diagnosis and Consequences
Lipohypertrophy is a thickened lsquorubberyrsquo lesion that appears in the SC
tissue of injecting sites in up to half of patients who inject insulin In some
patients the lesions can be hard or scar-like (118 119) A1
Detection of lipohypertrophy requires both visualization and palpation of
injecting sites as some lesions can be more easily felt than seen (33) A1
Making two ink marks at opposite edges of the lipohypertrophy (at the
junctions between normal and lsquorubberyrsquo tissue) will allow the lesion to be
measured recorded and followed long-term
If visible the lipohypertrophy can also be photographed for the same
purpose (see Figure 5)
Figure 5 illustrates visible lipohypertrophy in a woman who had injected in
the same two locations below the umbilicus for twelve years Figure 6
illustrates the detection of palpable lipohypertrophy by comparing a fold of
normal skin (arrow tips close together) with lipohypertrophic tissue (arrow
tips spread apart) Normal skin can be pinched tightly together while
lipohypertrophic lesions cannot (120)
20
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Figure 5 Two visible lipohypertrophic lesions below the umbilicus many lesions are smaller than these
Figure 6 The different lsquopinchrsquo characteristics of normal (left) versus lipohypertrophic (right) tissue
Both pen and syringe devices (and all needle lengths and gauges) have been
associated with lipohypertrophy as well as insulin pump cannulae (when
repeatedly inserted into the same location)
Patients should not inject into areas of lipohypertrophy since insulin
absorption can be delayed or made erratic potentially worsening diabetes
management (15 121-123) A1
Injections into lipohypertrophy may also worsen the hypertrophy
21
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Additionally patients should be informed of the benefits of avoiding
lipohypertrophy less variability of blood glucose better control of HbA1c
fewer hypoglycemias and improved cosmeticaesthetic outcome
Prevention
No randomized prospective studies have been published establishing
causative factors in lipohypertrophy (124)
Published observations support an association between the presence of
lipohypertrophy and the use of older less pure insulin formulations failure
to rotate sites using small injecting zones repeatedly injecting into the same
location and reusing needles (3 44 121 125) A1
Sites should be inspected by the HCP at every visit especially if
lipohypertrophy is already present At a minimum each site should be
inspected annually (preferably at each visit in pediatric patients) (33) A2
Patients should be taught to inspect their own sites and should be given
training in how to detect lipohypertrophy (33 126) A2
Use of a lsquolipo modelrsquo (in which patients can feel typical lesions) may facilitate
this learning
Group sessions where patients share information about lipohypertrophy are
usually very helpful
Therapy and Follow Up
The best current therapeutic strategies for lipohypertrophy include use of
purified human insulins rotation of injection sites with each injection using
larger injecting zones and non-reuse of needles (125 127-130) A2
Injections should be avoided in hypertrophic areas until the abnormal tissue
returns to normal (which can take months to years) (131 132) A2
22
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Switching injections from lipohypertrophic to normal tissue usually requires
a readjustment of the dose of insulin injected The amount of change varies
from one individual to another and should be guided by frequent blood
glucose measurements (121 132) A2
Use of monitoring tools (eg Diabetes Management software or written
diaries) can help patients directly lsquoseersquo the metabolic advantages of not
injecting into lipohypertrophy and thus will reinforce adherence (121) A2
Rotation of Injecting Sites
bull Many studies show that to safeguard normal tissue one must properly and
consistently rotate sites (46 133 134) A1
bull Patients should be taught an easy-to-follow rotation scheme from the onset of
injection therapy (135 136) A1
bull One scheme with proven effectiveness involves dividing the injection site into
quadrants (or halves when using the thighs or buttocks) using one quadrant per
week and moving always clockwise as shown by figures below (137)
Figure 7 Abdominal rotation pattern by quadrants
Figure 8 Thigh and Buttocks rotational pattern by halves
23
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
bull Injections within any quadrant or half should be spaced at least 1cm from each
other in order to avoid repeat tissue trauma Pump cannulae should be placed
at least 3cm away from previous sites
bull HCP should verify that the rotation scheme is being followed at each visit and
give help and advice where needed
Bleeding and Bruising
bull Needles will on occasion hit a blood vessel on injection producing bleeding or
bruising (138)
bull Figure 9 shows the blood vessel distribution in the dermis and SC layers
bull Changing the needle length or other injecting parameters does not appear to
alter the frequency of bleeding or bruising (138) although one study (139)
does suggest that these may be less frequent with the 5 mm needle
24
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
bull Bleeding or bruising does not appear to have adverse clinical consequences
for the absorption of insulin or for overall diabetes management
Pregnancy
More studies are needed to clarify injecting issues in pregnancy In the absence of
these studies it seems reasonable to recommend that
Pregnant women with diabetes (of any type) who continue to inject into the
abdomen should give all injections using a raised skin fold (140) B2
Use of routine fetal ultrasonography presents the HCP with an opportunity of
assessing SC abdominal fat and of making data-based recommendations
regarding injections (140) B2
Avoid using abdominal sites around the umbilicus during the last trimester C3
Injections into abdominal flanks may still be used with a raised skin fold C3
Intra-dermal Injections
The epidermal-dermal thickness ranges from ~12-30 mm at all the usual
injecting sites therefore the proper use of 5 and 6 mm needles does not risk
accidentally injecting into the dermis (141-145) A2
In the future the intra-dermal space may be a target for injections but until
further study is done its use is not recommended (30) C3
Safety Needles
bull Needlestick injuries are common among HCP with most studies showing
significant under-reporting for a variety of reasons (146)
bull Safety needles could effectively protect against such injuries and should be
recommended whenever there is a risk of a contaminated needle stick injury (eg
in hospital) (147) B1
25
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
bull Considerable education and training are needed to ensure that currently
available safety needles are used properly and effectively (147 148) A1
bull Safety features of these needles should be made as intuitive as possible and their
mechanisms should be incorporated automatically into the routine use of the
device
bull When insulin is administered in the hospital through-and-through needle stick
injury is the more common mechanism of injury This is particularly a risk
when HCPs give injections into a lifted skin fold on the arm
bull Since most safety mechanisms would not protect against such injuries the use of
shorter needles without a skin fold may be more appropriate in adults until
other safety mechanisms are available
bull If needle length is such that IM injury would be a risk using a 45 degree angle
approach (rather than a skin fold) may be a safer approach
Disposal of injecting material
Every country has its own regulations regarding the discarding and disposal of
contaminated biologic waste Both HCPs and patients should be aware of these
regulations (48) A3
Legal and societal consequences of non-adherence should be reviewed
Proper disposal should be taught to patients from the beginning of injection
therapy and reinforced throughout (149) A2
Where available a needle clipping device should be used It can be carried in
the patient kit and used multiple times before discarding
Options for discarding a used needle in order of preference are 1) in a
container especially made for used needlessyringes 2) if not available into
another puncture-proof container such as a plastic bottle
Options for final disposal of the container in order of preference are to take it
1) to a Health Care facility (eg hospital) 2) to another Health Care provider
(eg laboratory pharmacist doctorrsquos office)
26
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Under no circumstance should sharps material be disposed of into the normal
(public) trash or rubbish system
Potential adverse events to the patientsrsquo family (eg needlestick injuries to
children) as well as to service providers (eg rubbish collectors and cleaners)
should be explained
All stakeholders (patients HCPs pharmacists community officials and
manufacturers) bear a responsibility (both professional and financial) in
ensuring proper disposal of used sharps
Discussion
In this paper we have attempted to update and extend the injecting recommendations
already available for patients with diabetes In Appendix 2 we provide selected verbatim
extracts from four previous sets of guidelines The new recommendations cover many
new areas for which no previous recommendations were available insulin analogues
(rapid- and slow-acting) GLP-1 injectables pregnancy intra-dermal injections and safety
needles We have given more detailed recommendations on topics which though
addressed earlier still lacked specificity lipohypertrophy pediatrics pens disposal of
injecting material and education And we have tried to simplify the rules for choosing an
appropriate length of needle for the patient
We have not included an extensive review of the literature within each section of the new
recommendations They are meant for use by primary care HCPs and are to be read by
patients and their families themselves Hence we felt reference numbers grading systems
and literature exposes would be distracting Nevertheless we do feel it is appropriate
here to engage with selected publications which were seminal to the recommendations
Insulin analogues (rapid-acting)
27
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
The first indication that analogues might behave differently from conventional insulins
came when Rave (69) confirmed that in IM injections of soluble (ldquoRegularrdquo) insulin the
metabolic activity peaks more rapidly than with SC administration but that the metabolic
effect of insulin Lispro (Humalogreg) was similar with either route The time-action
profile of IM-injected soluble insulin thus lies somewhere between that of SC soluble
insulin and insulin Lispro
In a euglycemic clamp study Mudaliar (68) showed that with injected Aspart (Novologreg)
a fast-acting analog of human insulin the maximum glucose infusion rate was greater and
occurred at an earlier time than regular insulin regardless of the injection site
Importantly the absorption of Aspart was just as fast from the thigh as it was from the
abdomen
Insulin analogues (slow-acting)
Owens (75) showed using radioactive glargine (Lantusreg) there were no significant
differences in its absorption amongst the three classic injection sites arm leg and
abdomen The T75 was 119 153 and 132 hours for arm leg and abdomen
respectively There were also no differences in residual radioactivity at 24 h His study
however only involved twelve healthy subjects and a difference might have been seen
had the sample been larger
Detemir (Levemirreg) also appears to have different absorption characteristics than other
conventional slow-acting insulins Reports from the manufacturer suggest that
absorption of detemir may be higher when administered in the abdomen or deltoid than in
the thigh but more studies are needed
Lipohypertrophy
De Villiers (129) showed that lipohypertrophy had an overall prevalence rate of 52 in
their pediatric center and was related to patients injecting the same site day after day
28
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
The study also found that lipohypertrophy affects the rate of absorption of the insulin
Their paper recommends that sites should be palpated and not just visually examined
Patients also need to be educated so that they can avoid lipohypertrophy and re-educated
whenever the problem has already occurred
Vardar and Kizilci (128) found that the risk factors for lipohypertrophy included the
length of time insulin had been used (p=0001) not rotating injection sites (p=0004) and
not changing the needle with each injection (p=0004)
Johansson (150) has shown that aspart (Novologreg NovoRapidreg) has 25 lower
maximum concentrations when injected into lipohypertrophic lesions
More recently Overland (151) used continuous glucose monitoring for 72 hours to assess
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics following injection of insulin specifically into
lipohypertrophic or normal areas in eight type 1 patients They found no significant
differences in both insulin levels and blood glucose in this randomized cross-over study
and concluded that the effects of lipos on insulin absorption and action were small
compared to the larger variability of insulin uptake with SC injection These results are
somewhat surprising and warrant further evaluation
Insulin Needle Length
In a series of 91 normal-weight diabetic patients undergoing computer tomography
scanning Frid and Linde (152) have shown that the median distance from the skin to the
muscle fascia in the upper lateral quadrant of the thigh (a key insulin injection site) is
7mm in men and 14mm in women In 91 of the men and 48 of the women a 127mm
needle enters the muscle in this area if the injection is performed perpendicular to the
skin without lifting a skinfold Twenty-eight percent of the women and 44 of the men
have less than 127mm of subcutanous fat lateral to the umbilicus the area of maximal fat
in the abdomen Moreover the fat cushion tapers rapidly when moving further laterally
29
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
even in obese individuals making the flanks an area of greater potential for intra-
muscular insulin injections due to thin SC layers
In 2006 after a decade of clinical use of shorter needles Frid (70) concluded that 5 and 6
mm needles may very well be our standard needles especially since leakage of insulin
does not appear to be a problem He also stated that the rule of injecting into a pinched
skinfold applies also to these needles Similarly in 2007 Kreugel (139) showed that 5mm
needles are associated with unchanged HbA1C levels unchanged hypo events and
reduced discomfort for patients compared with 8 or 12mm needles although this study
was weakened by a relatively high rate of patient drop-out In their more recent study
(114) ldquoInrsquoObeserdquo 126 of 130 enrolled insulin-taking obese (BMI ge 30 kgm2) diabetic
patients completed a two-period cross-over trial comparing 5mm and 8 mm needles
HbA1c levels did not differ between the two periods and there were little if any
differences in patient-reported bleeding bruising leakage and pain A slightly higher
proportion of patients preferred the shorter 5 mm needle
In 2004 Schwartz (153) published that 31 G x 6mm vs 29 G x 127mm gave comparable
HbA1c values double-blind pain and leakage scores and equal convenience and ease of
use Patients however preferred the 6mm needle In 2007 Hofman et al showed that 8-
and 127-mm needle lengths used in children result in an unacceptably high rate of IM
injections He proved that an angled 6-mm needle results in very consistent deposition in
SC fat
In 2008 Birkebaek (9) showed that in lean patients using doses lt40 IU a 4-mm needle
reduces the risk of IM injections without increasing the amount of leakage of insulin to
the skin surface He concluded that most patients can inject with a 4-mm needle without
a pinch-up at 90deg in the thigh When using a 6-mm needle in such patients the authors
propose injecting in a skinfold with a 45deg angle
30
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
In Appendix 2 we include two tables already published on needle length (5 6) Why
have we felt the need to introduce our own recommendations in this regard Are not the
Dutch and Danish versions (Tables 1 2) sufficiently clear and comprehensive
Our recommendations and the two tables are in substantial agreement However we
believe our approach is an even simpler and more clinically-useful approach Unlike the
Dutch and Danish versions we have eliminated both the BMI and injection angle
components The BMI may not be known at the time of the visit it may change during
the course of therapy and it can be misleading as in patients with android obesity The
injection angle is rarely a perfect 45 or 90 degrees and may change according to the
injection site the patient uses the use or not of a pinch-up and the visual perception of the
patient or observer
Instead of using these imperfect measures we first divide patients into their most
straightforward and self-evident groups children adolescents and adults Next we ask if
they are in the habit of raising a skin fold or not regardless of the injection site If the
answer is no we direct the patient onto shorter (lt8 mm) needles This is the only means
of protection from IM injections in those recalcitrant to skin folds We do not try to
change behavior either in terms of starting them on ldquopinching uprdquo or switching their
injections to other (more fat-endowed) sites The compliance record on such behavioral
change is poor
The next question is lsquowhat length are you using nowrsquo If they are using a needle longer
than 8mm and there are no clinically-evident problems (eg unexplained glucose
instability a history of IM injections) then we have no objection to continuing on that
needle length except that we encourage them to adopt a skin fold for added safety Still
for patients starting on insulin we see no clinical reason for recommending a needle
gt8mm long
All other patients are directed to use a needle lt8mm if they are children or adolescents or
le8mm if they are adults We believe this drive to shorter needles is in the patientsrsquo best
31
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
interest and has not been shown to come at any clinical price We also believe that
raising a skin fold should become a habit used by most if not all patients It is a cost-
effective (free) guarantee against IM injections Hence we encourage its use even with
shorter needles since some very thin people and children have very little SC fat in
commonly-used injecting sites However this is not as evidence-based as other
recommendations in our paper and most patients are able to inject safely with shorter
needles without raising a skin fold
Despite the fact that some experimentation and study of 4mm needles has begun we did
not think that there was enough published data as yet to make clear recommendations
regarding its usage Initial studies have not shown any adverse events related to their use
It is clear that the greatest trial and publishing experience with shorter needles has been
with the 5mm needle However many if not most of the conclusions about the 5mm can
be extrapolated to the 4 and 6mm needles Manufacturing variances with the short
needles now on the market mean that a significant number of injections already made
with these needles are at depths less than 5mm There is now conclusive evidence that
these shorter needles have been proven safe and efficacious provide numerous improved
clinical outcomes and achieve higher patient preference
Pediatrics
Smith (154) measured the distance from skin to muscle fascia in children and adolescents
using ultrasonography at injection sites on the outer arm anterior and lateral thigh
abdomen buttock and calf Distances were greater in girls (n = 15) than in boys (n = 17)
In most boys the distances were less than the length of the standard needle (127mm) at
all sites except the buttock but in most girls the distances were greater than 127mm
except over the calf In the abdomen the distance from skin to peritoneum was less than
127mm in 14 of the 17 boys but only in one of the 15 girls The measurements in the
abdomen were done where fat tissue depth is the greatest near the umbilicus Their
findings raise serious concerns over the risk of intra-muscular and even intra-peritoneal
32
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
injections in certain pediatric populations In these and perhaps other populations
needles which are shorter than those previously provided to the market are clearly needed
The first study of the 5mm needle in children compared it using a non-pinched approach
to the 8mm pen needle using a pinch-up (the recommended technique with this needle)
(96) Fifteen normal-weight children and adolescents (7 to 17 years old) with Type 1
diabetes seen in the out-patient service of Hocircpital Robert Debreacute in Paris used in a
randomized study either the 30 Gauge 8mm pen needle with a pinch-up or the 31 Gauge
5mm pen needle also with a pinch up for 60 days At the end of this period they were
crossed over to the other needle for another 60 days HbA1c levels were measured at
baseline cross over point and study termination Hypoglycemic events bleeding at
puncture site leakage of insulin pain of injection and patient satisfaction were also
assessed
There were no significant changes in HbA1c levels (p=059) The pain of injection was
rated by the children to be significantly lower with the 5mm needle (12 plusmn11 vs 42plusmn26
on a 10-point scale p=0001) and there were fewer hypoglycemic events during the
period in which the 5mm needle was used (p=005) There were no differences in
leakage or bleeding at the injection site The children clearly preferred the 5mm over the
8mm on subsequent questioning
This study (96) did not image the injection site with ultrasound therefore the frequency
of intra-dermal injection is unknown However the fact that HbA1c levels remained
unchanged suggests that intra-dermal deposition of insulin if it occurred had no effect
from a clinical perspective The improvement in hypoglycemic events may have been a
chance observation or could have been a result of fewer intra-muscular injections the
pain and preference advantages of the 5mm needle may have positive effects on well-
being and compliance in pediatric populations
GLP-1 agents
33
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
In a recent study Calara (87) has shown that in Type 2 patients SC administration of
exenatide into the abdomen arm or thigh resulted in comparable bioavailability It thus
appears that patients treated with exenatide have the option of rotating injection sites
from the arm to the abdomen or to the thigh More work is clearly needed to elucidate
the optimal injection techniques with GLP-1 agents
Intra-dermal Injections
Heinemann (30) gave ten healthy male volunteers 10 IU insulin lispro (Humalogreg) SC
on study day 1 and the same dose intradermally the next day Intradermal injections were
given via three different microneedles lengths 125 15 and 175 mm Results showed
that the relative bioavailability (147155 150) and effect on glucose disposition (142
137 124) of intradermal Lispro were higher than with SC There were significant
reductions in the time to Cmax and other pharmacokinetic indices with ID vs SC
injection of Lispro
In a study of men versus women Caucasians vs Asians vs Africans and across a range
of ages (18-70 yrs) and BMI values (18-30 kgm2) Laurent (141) showed that skin
thickness varies less across these parameters than between different body sites While
skin at the thigh was very close to 15mm in all subgroups considered it was between 18
and 27mm at the other three body sites (deltoid suprascapular waist)
Several hypothetical concerns have been raised with regard to intra-dermal insulin
administration Such practices could lead to increased reflux and loss of insulin from the
puncture site due to proximity of the depot to the skin surface or increased immune
response to insulin due to lymphocyte and other immune cell surveillance of the dermis
However these concerns remain purely speculative at this point and further study is called
for
Conclusion
34
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Using shorter needles and lifting a skin fold give patients significant benefits without side
effects We encourage more study on the optimal injection techniques for GLP-1
mimetic agents and strongly advise insulin makers to include a study of appropriate
injection technique in their Phase 2 and 3 trials of any new analogues planned for launch
In dozens of papers on the new analogues no data were provided on where and how they
should be injected This does not provide optimal service to patients and their care givers
We encourage more and better studies in pediatric obese and pregnant subjects We also
look forward to the day when we understand the etiology of lipohypertrophy and can
identify at-risk patients before they develop it Only then can we adopt the appropriate
preventative strategies
We do not pretend that this is the final version of injecting guidelines We would be
disappointed if these recommendations were not revised and updated in a few short years
based on new studies and pertinent observations
Duality of interest All authors are members of the Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) for the Third Injection Technique Workshop in Athens (TITAN) TITAN and this Injection Technique Survey were sponsored by BD a manufacturer of injecting devices and SAB members received an honorarium from BD for their participation on the SAB KS LH and CL are employees of BD
References
1 Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Report from the 1st International Insulin Injection Technique Workshop Strasbourg FrancemdashJune 1997 Pract Diab Int 199815 16-20
2 Partanen TM A Rissanen Insulin injection practices Pract Diabetes Int 2000 17 252-254
3 Strauss K De Gols H Letondeur C Matyjaszczyk M Frid A The second injection technique event (SITE) May 2000 Barcelona Spain Pract Diab Int 2002 1917-21
4 Strauss K De Gols H Hannet I Partanen TM Frid A A pan-European epidemiologic study of insulin injection technique in patients with diabetes Pract Diab Int April 2002 Vol 1971-76
35
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
5 Danish Nurses Organization Evidence-based Clinical Guidelines for Injection of Insulin for Adults with Diabetes Mellitus 2nd edition December 2006 Access via wwwdsrdk
6 Association for Diabetescare Professionals (EADV) Guideline The Administration of Insulin with the Insulin Pen September 2008 Access via wwweadvnl
7 American Diabetes Association Resource Guide 2003 Insulin Delivery Diabetes Forecast Vol 56 No 1 59-61 63-66 68-71 74-76
8 American Diabetes Association (ADA) (2004) Position Statements Insulin Administration Diabetes Care Vol 27 Suppl 1 S106-S107
9 Birkebaek N Solvig J Hansen B Jorgensen C Smedegaard J Christiansen J A 4mm needle reduces the risk of intramuscular injections without increasing backflow to skin surface in lean diabetic children and adults Diabetes Care 2008 Sep22(9) e65
10 De Meijer PHEM Lutterman JA van Lier HJJ vanacutet Laar A The variability of the absorption of subcutaneously injected insulin effect on injection technique and relation with brittleness Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 499-505
11 Baron AD Kim D Weyer C Novel peptides under development for the treatment of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus Curr Drug Targets Immune Endocr Metabol Disord 2002 263-82
12 Frid A Gunnarsson R Guumlntner P Linde B Effects of accidental intramuskulaeligr injection on insulin absorption in IDDM Diabetes Care 1988 11 41-45
13 Vaag A Damgaard Pedersen K Lauritzen M Hildebrandt P Beck-Nielsen H Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of unmodified insulin consequences for blood glukose control in patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus Diabetic Medicine 1990a 7 335-342
14 Hildebrandt P (1991) Subcutaneous absorption of insulin in insulin-dependent diabetic patients Influences of species physico-chemical propertjes of insulin and physiological factors DanishMedical Bulletin Vol 38 No 4 337-346
15 Johansson U Amsberg S Hannerz L Wredling R Adamson U Arnqvist HJ amp P Lins (2005) Impaired Absorption of insulin Aspart from Lipohypertrophic Injection Sites Diabetes Care Vol 28 No 8 2025-2027
16 Frid A amp B Linde (1993) Clinically important differences in insulin absorption from the abdomen in IDDM Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Vol 21 No 2-3 137-141
17 Chantelau E Lee DM Hemmann DM Zipfel U Echterhoff S What makes insulin injections painful British Medical Journal 1991 303 26-27
18 Eldholm S Karlegaumlrd M Poster report Swedish Medical Society 2001 19 Cocoman A Barron C Administering subcutaneous injections to children what
does the evidence say Journal of Children and Young Peoplersquos Nursing 2008 Feb 2 84-89
20 Polonsky W Jackson R Whatrsquos so tough about taking insulin Addressing the problem of psychological insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes Clinical Diabetes 200422147-150
36
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
21 Polonsky WH Fisher L Guzman S Villa-Caballero L Edelman SV Psychological insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes the scope of the problem Diabetes Care 2005 Oct28(10)2543-5
22 Martinez L Consoli SM Monnier L Simon D Wong O Yomtov B Gueacuteron B Benmedjahed K Guillemin I Arnould B Studying the Hurdles of Insulin Prescription (SHIP) development scoring and initial validation of a new self-administered questionnaire Health Qual Life Outcomes 2007553 httpwwwpubmedcentralnihgovpicrenderfcgiartid=2042975ampblobtype=pdf
23 Cefalu WT Mathieu C Davidson J Freemantle N Gough S Canovatchel W OPTIMIZE Coalition Patients perceptions of subcutaneous insulin in the OPTIMIZE study a multicenter follow-up study Diabetes Technol Ther 20081025-38
24 Meece J Dispelling myths and removing barriers about insulin in type 2 diabetes The Diabetes Educator 2006 329S-18S
25 Davis SN Renda SM Psychological insulin resistance overcoming barriers to starting insulin therapy Diabetes Educ 2006 Jun32 Suppl 4146S-152S
26 Davidson M No need for the needle (at first) Diabetes Care 2008312070-2071 27 Reach G Patient non-adherence and healthcare-provider inertia are clinical
myopia Diabetes Metab 200834 382-385 28 Genev NM Flack JR Hoskins PL et al Diabetes education whose priorities are
met Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 475-479 29 Klonoff DC (2001) The pen is mightier than the needle (and syringe) Diabetes
Technol Ther 3(4)bull631-3 30 Heinemann L Hompesch M Kapitza C Harvey NG Ginsberg BH Pettis RJ
Intra-dermal insulin lispro application with a new microneedle delivery system led to a substantially more rapid insulin absorption than subcutaneous injection Diabetologia (2006) 49[Suppll]l-755 abstract 1014
31 DiMatteo RM DiNicola DD Achieving patient compliance The psychology of medical practitioneracutes role Pergamon Press Inc New York Oxford 1982
32 Joy SV Clinical pearls and strategies to optimize patient outcomes Diabetes Educ 2008 May-Jun34 Suppl 354S-59S
33 Seyoum B amp J Abdulkadir (1996) Systematic inspection of insulin injection sites for local complications related to incorrect injection technique Trop Doct Vol 26 No 4 159-161
34 Loveman E Frampton G Clegg A The clinical effectiveness of diabetes education models for type 2 diabetes Health Technology Assessment 2008 12 1-36
35 Bantle JP Neal L Frankamp LM Effects of the anatomical region used for insulin injections on glycaemia in type 1 diabetes subjects Diabetes Care 1993 16 1592-1597
36 Frid A Lindeacuten B Intraregional differences in the absorption of unmodified insulin from the abdominal wall Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 236-239
37 Koivisto VA Felig P Alterations in insulin absorption and in blood glukose control associated with varying insulin injection sites in diabetic patients Annals of Internal Medicine 1980 92 59-61
37
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
38 Annersten M Willman A Performing subcutaneous injections a literature review Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing 2005 2122-130
39 Vidal M Colungo C Jansagrave M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (I) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (I)] Av Diabetol 2008 24175-190
40 Ariza-Andraca CR Altamirano-Bustamante E Frati-Munari AC Altamirano-Bustamante P amp A Graef-Sanchez (1991) Delayed insulin absorption due to subcutaneous edema Archivos de Investigacioacuten Medica Vol 22 No 2 229-233
41 Gorman KC Good hygiene versus alcohol swabs before insulin injections (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 960-961
42 Le Floch JP Herbreteau C Lange F Perlemuter L Biologic material in needles and cartridges after insulin injection with a pen in diabetic patients Diabetes Care 1998 211502-1504
43 McCarthy JA Covarrubias B Sink P Is the traditional alcohol wipe necessary before an insulin injection Dogma disputed (Letter) Diabetes Care 1993 16 402
44 Schuler G Pelz K Kerp L Is the reuse of needles for insulin injection systems associated with a higher risk of cutaneous complications Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 1992 16 209-212
45 Fleming D Jacober SJ Vanderberg M Fitzgerald JT Grunberger G The safety of injecting insulin through clothing Diabetes Care 1997 20 244-247
46 Ahern J amp ML Mazur (2001) Site rotation Diabetes Forecast Vol 54 No 4 66-68
47 Perriello G Torlone E Di Santo S Fanelli C De Feo P Santusanio F Brunetti P amp GB Bolli (1988) Effect of storage temperature on pharmacokinetics and pharmadynamics of insulinmixtures injected subcutaneously in subjects with type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus Diabetologia Vol 31 No 11 811 -815
48 King L Subcutaneous insulin injection technique Nurs Stand 2003 May 7-1317(34)45-52
49 Jehle PM Micheler C Jehle DR Breitig D Boehm BO Inadequate suspension of neutral protamine Hagendorn (NPH) insulin in pens The Lancet 1999 354 1604-1607
50 Brown A Steel JM Duncan C Duncun A amp AM McBain (2004) An assessment of the adequacy of suspension of insulin in pen injectors Diabet Med Vol 21 No 6 604-608
51 Nath C (2002) Mixing insulin shake rattle or roll Nursing Vol 32 No 5 10 52 Springs MH (1999) Shake rattle or rollrdquoChallenging traditional insulin
injection practicesrdquo American Journal of Nursing Vol 99 No 7 14 53 Bohannon NJ (1999) Insulin delivery using pen devices Simple-to-use tools may
help young and old alike Postgraduate Medicine Vol 106 No 5 57-58 54 Dejgaard A amp CMurmann (1989) Air bubbles in insulin pens The Lancet Vol
334 No 8667 871 55 Ginsberg BH Parkes JL amp C Sparacino (1994) The kinetics of insulin
administration by insulin pens Horm Metab Researchrsquo Vol 26 No 12584-587 56 Annersten M Frid A Insulin pens dribble from the tip of the needle after
injection Practical Diabetes International 2000 17 109-111
38
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
57 Ezzo J Donner T Nickols D amp M Cox (2001) Is Massage Useful in the Management of Diabetes A Systematic Review Diabetes Spectrum Vol 14 218-224
58 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes (article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404
59 Maljaars C (2002) Scherpe studie naalden voor eenmalig gebruik [Sharp study needles for single use] Diabetes and Levery Vol 4 No 3 36-37
60 Torrance T (2002) An unexpected hazard of insulin injection Practical Diabetes International Vol 19 No 2 63
61 Byetta Pen User Manual Eli Lilly and Company 2007 62 Baumlrtsch U Comtesse C Wetekam B Insulin pens for treatment of diabetes
(article in German) Ther Umsch 2006 Jun63(6)398-404 63 Jamal R Ross SA Parkes JL Pardo S Ginsberg BH Role of injection technique
in use of insulin pens prospective evaluation of a 31-gauge 8mm insulin pen needle Endocr Pract 1999 Sep-Oct5(5)245-50
64 Chantelau E Heinemann L amp D Ross (1989) Air Bubbles in insulin pens Lancet Vol 334 No 8659 387-388
65 Rissler J Joslashrgensen C Rye Hansen M Hansen NA Evaluation of the injection force dynamics of a modified prefilled insulin pen Expert Opin Pharmacother 2008 Sep9(13)2217-22
66 Broadway CA (1991) Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection Diabetes Educator Vol 17 No 2 90
67 Caffrey RM (2003) Diabetes under Control Are all Syringes created equal American Journal of Nursing Vol 103 No 6 46-49
68 Mudaliar SR Lindberg FA Joyce M Beerdsen P Strange P Lin A Henry RR Insulin aspart (B28 asp-insulin) a fast-acting analog of human insulin absorption kinetics and action profile compared with regular human insulin in healthy nondiabetic subjects Diabetes Care 1999 Sep22(9)1501-6
69 Rave K Heise T Weyer C Herrnberger J Bender R Hirschberger S Heinemann L Intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection of soluble and lispro insulin comparison of metabolic effects in healthy subjects Diabet Med 1998 Sep15(9)747-51
70 Frid A Fat thickness and insulin administration what do we know Infusystems International 2006 5 17-19
71 Guerci B Sauvanet J-P Subcutaneous insulin pharmacokinetic variability and glycemic variability Diabetes Metab 2005314S7-4S24
72 Braak ter EW Woodworth JR Bianchi R Cermele B Erkelens DW Thijssen JH amp D Kurtz (1996) Injection site effects on the pharmacokinetics and glucodynamics of insulin lispro and regular insulin Diabetes Care Vol 19 No 12 1437-1440
74 Rassam AG Zeise TM Burge MR Schade DS Optimal Administration of Lispro Insulin in Hyperglycemic Type 1 Diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Jan22(1)133-6
39
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
75 Owens DR Coates PA Luzio SD Tinbergen JP Kurzhals R Pharmacokinetics of 125I-labeled insulin glargine (HOE 901) in healthy men comparison with NPH insulin and the influence of different subcutaneous injection sites Diabetes Care 2000 Jun23(6)813-9
76 Karges B Boehm BO Karges W Early hypoglycaemia after accidental intramuscular injection of insulin glargine Diabetic Medicine 2005221444-45
77 Broadway C Prevention of insulin leakage after subcutaneous injection The Diabetes Educator 1991 Mar-Apr17(2)90
78 Frid A Oumlstman J Linde B Hypoglycemia risk during exercise after intramuscular injection of insulin in thigh in IDDM Diabetes Care 1990 13 473-477
79 Vaag A Handberg Aa Laritzen M et al Variation in absorption of NPH insulin due to intramuscular injection Diabetes Care 1990b 13 74-76
80 Henriksen JE Vaag A Hansen IR Lauritzen M Djurhuus MS Beck-Nielsen H Absorption of NPH (isophane) insulin in resting diabetic patients evidence for subcutaneous injection in the thigh as preferred site Diabetic Medicine 1991 8 453-457
81 Koslashlendorf K Bojsen J Deckert T Clinical factors influencing the absorption of 125 I-NPH insulin in diabetic patients Hormone Metabolisme Research 1983 15 274-278
82 Chen JVV Christiansen JS amp T Lauritzen (2003) Limitation to subcutaneous insulin administration in type 1 diabetes Diabetes obesity and metabolism Vol 5 No 4 223-233
83 Zehrer C Hansen R Bantle J Reducing blood glukose variability by use of abdominal insulin injection sites Diabetes Educator 1985 16 474-477
84 Henriksen JE Djurhuus MS Vaag A Thye-Ronn P Knudsen D Hother-Nielsen 0 amp H Beck-Nielsen (1993) Impact of injection sites for soluble insulin on glycaemic control in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients treated with a multiple insulin injection regimen Diabetologia Vol 36 No 8 752-758
85 Sindelka G Heinemann L Berger M FrenckW amp E Chantelau (1994) Effect of insulin concentration subcutaneous fat thickness and skin temperature on subcutaneous insulin absorption in healthy subjects Diabetologia Vol 37 No 4 377-340
86 Clauson PG Linde B Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIDDM patients Diabetes Care 1995 Jul18(7)986-91
87 Calara F Taylor K Han J Zabala E Carr EM Wintle M Fineman M A randomized open-label crossover study examining the effect of injection site on bioavailability of exenatide (synthetic exendin-4) Clin Ther 2005 Feb27(2)210-5
88 Becker D (1998) Individualized insulin therapy in children and adolescente with type 1 diabetes Acta Paediatr Suppi Vol 425 20-24
89 Uzun S lnanc N amp Azal (2001) Determining optima) needle length for subcutaneous insulin injection Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 5 No 3 83-87
90 Birkebaek NH Johansen A Solvig J Cutissubcutis thickness at insulin injection sites and localization of simulated insulin boluses in children with type 1 diabetes mellitus need for individualization of injection technique Diabetic Medicine 1998 15 965-971
40
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
91 Smith CP Sargent MA Wilson BP Price DA (1991) Subcutaneous or intramuscular insulin injections Archives of disease in childhood Vol 66 No 7 879-882
92 Tafeit E Moumlller R Jurimae T Sudi K Wallner SJ Subcutaneous adipose tissue topography (SAT-Top) development in children and young adults Coll Antropol 2007 Jun31(2)395-402
93 Haines L Chong Wan K Lynn R Barrett T Shield J Rising Incidence of Type 2 Diabetes in Children in the UK Diabetes Care 2007 30 1097-1101
94 Hofman PL Lawton SA Peart JM Holt JA Jefferies CA Robinson E Cutfield WS An angled insertion technique using 6mm needles markedly reduces the risk of IM injections in children and adolescents Diabet Med 2007 Dec24(12)1400-5
95 Polak M Beregszaszi M Belarbi N Benali K Hassan M Czernichow P Tubiana-Rufi N Subcutaneous or intramuscular injections of insulin in children Are we injecting where we think we are Diabetes Care 1996 Dec 19(12) 1434-1436
96 Strauss K Hannet I McGonigle J Parkes JL Ginsberg B Jamal R Frid A Ultra-short (5mm) insulin needles trial results and clinical recommendations Practical Diabetes Oct 1999 16(7) 218-222
97 Tubiana-Rufi N Belarbi N Du Pasquier-Fediaevsky L Polak M Kakou B Leridon L Hassan M Czernichow P Short needles (8 mm) reduce the risk of intramuscular injections in children with type 1 diabetes Diabetes Care 1999 Oct22(10)1621-5
98 Chiarelli F Severi F Damacco F Vanelli M Lytzen L Coronel G Insulin leakage and pain perception in IDDM children and adolescents where the injections are performed with NovoFine 6 mm needles and NovoFine 8 mm needles Abstract presented at FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
99 Ross SA Jamal R Leiter LA Josse RG Parkes JL Qu S Kerestan SP Ginsberg BH Evaluation of 8 mm insulin pen needles in people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes Practical Diabetes International 1999 16 145-148
100Hanas R Ludvigsson J Experience of pain from insulin injections and needlephobia in young patients with IDDM Practical Diabetes International 1997 1495-99
101Hanas SR Carlsson S Frid A Ludvigsson J Unchanged insulin absorption after 4 daysacuteuse of subcutaneous indwelling catheters for insulin injections Diabetes Care 1997 20 487-490
102Zambanini A Newson RB Maisey M Feher MD Injection related anxiety in insulin-treated diabetes Diabetes Res Clin Pract 199946239-46
103Hanas R Adolfsson P Elfvin-Akesson K Hammaren L Ilvered R Jansson I Johansson C Kroon M Lindgren J Lindh A Ludvigsson J Sigstrom L Wilk A Aman J Indwelling catheters used from the onset of diabetes decrease injection pain and pre-injection anxiety J Pediatr 2002140315-20
104Burdick P Cooper S Horner B Cobry E McFann K Chase HP Use of a subcutaneous injection port to improve glycemic control in children with type 1 diabetes Pediatr Diabetes 200910116-9
41
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
105Strauss K Insulin injection techniques Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 181-184
106Thow JC Coulthard A Home PD Insulin injection site tissue depths and localization of a simulated insulin bolus using a novel air contrast ultrasonographic technique in insulin treated diabetic subjects Diabetic Medicine 1992 9 915-920
107Thow JC Home PD Insulin injection technique depth of injection is important BMJ 301 3-4 1990
108Hildebrandt P (1991) Skinfold thickness local subcutaneous blood flow and insulin absorption in diabetic patients Acta Physiol Scand Suppl Vol 603 41-45
109Vora JP Peters JR Burch A amp DR Owens (1992) Relationship between Absorption of Radiolabeled Soluble Insulin Subcutaneous Blood Flow and Anthropometry Diabetes Care Vol 15 No 11 1484-1493
110Kreugel G Beijer HJM Kerstens MN ter Maaten JC Sluiter WJ Boot BS Influence of needle size for SC insulin administration on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing 2007 4 1-5
111Solvig J Christiansen JS Hansen B Lytzen L 2000 Localisation of potential insulin deposition in normal weight and obese patients with diabetes using Novofine 6 mm and Novofine 12 mm needles Abstract FEND Jerusalem Israel 2000
112Van Doorn LG Alberda A Lytzen L Insulin leakage and pain perception with NovoFine 6 mm and NovoFine 12 mm needle lengths in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes Diabetic Medicine 1998 1 suppl 1 S50
113Clauson PGamp B Linde B(1995) Absorption of rapid-acting insulin in obese and nonobese NIIDM patients Diabetes Care Vol 18 No 7986-991
114Kreugel G Keers JC Jongbloed A Verweij-Gjaltema AH Wolffenbuttel BHR The influence of needle length on glycemic control and patient preference in obese diabetic patients Diabetes 200958(Suppl 1)
115Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
116Frid A Lindeacuten B CT scanning of injections sites in 24 diabetic patients after injection of contrast medium using 8 mm needles (Abstract) Diabetes 1996 45 suppl 2 A444
117Frid A Lindeacuten B Where do lean diabetics inject their insulin A study using computed tomography British Medical Journal 1986 292 1638
118Thow JC AB Johnson SMarsden RTaylor PD Home Morphology of palpably abnormal injection sites and effects on absorption of isophane (NPH) insulin Diabetic Medicine 1990 7 795-799
119Richardson T amp D Kerr (2003) Skin-related complications of insulin therapy epidemiology and emerging management strategies American J Clinical Dermatol Vol 4 No 10 661-667
120Photographs courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
42
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
121Saez-de Ibarra L Gallego F Factors related to lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients role of educational intervention Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 9-11
122Young RJ Hannan WJ Frier BM Steel JM et al Diabetic lipohypertrophy delays insulin absorption Diabetes Care 1984 7 479-480
123Chowdhury TA amp V Escudier (2003) Poor glycaemic control caused by insulin induced lipohypertrophy BritishMedical Journal Vol 327 383-384
124Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
125Nielsen BB Musaeus L Gaeligde P Steno Diabetes Center Copenhagen Denmark Attention to injection technique is associated with a lower frequency of lipohypertrophy in insulin treated type 2 diabetic patients Abstract EASD Barcelona Spain 1998
126Teft G (2002) Lipohypertrophy patient awareness and implications for practice Journal of Diabetes Nursing Vol 6 No 1 20-23
127Ampudia-Blasco J Girbes J Carmena R A case of lipoatrophy with insulin glargine Diabetes Care 28 2005 2983
128Vardar B Kizilci S Incidence of lipohypertrophy in diabetic patients and a study of influencing factors Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007 Aug77(2)231-6
129De Villiers FP Lipohypertrophy - a complication of insulin injections S Afr Med J 2005 Nov95(11)858-9
130Hauner H Stockamp B Haastert B Prevalence of lipohypertrophy in insulin-treated diabetic patients and predisposing factors Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1996104(2)106-10
131Hambridge K The management of lipohypertrophy in diabetes care Br J Nurs 200716520-524
132Jansagrave M Colungo C Vidal M Actualizacioacuten sobre teacutecnicas y sistemas de administracioacuten de la insulina (II) [Update on insulin administration techniques and devices (II)] Av Diabetol 2008 24255-269
133Bantle JP Weber MS Rao SM Chattopadhyay MK amp RP Robertson (1990) Rotation of the anatomic regions used for insulin injections day-to-day variability of plasma glucose in type 1 diabetic subjects JAMA Vol 263 No 13 1802-1806
134Davis ED amp P Chesnaky (1992) Site rotationtaking insulin Diabetes Forecast Vol 45 No 3 54-56
135Lumber T (2004) Tips for site rotation When it comes to insulin where you inject is just as important as how much and when Diabetes Forecast Vol 57 No 7 68-70
136Thatcher G (1985) Insulin injections The case against random rotation American Journal of Nursing Vol 85 No 6 690-692
137Diagrams courtesy of Lourdes Saez-de Ibarra and Ruth Gaspar Diabetes Nurses and Specialist Educators of La Paz Hospital Madrid Spain
138Kahara T Kawara S Shimizu A Hisada A Noto Y amp H Kida (2004) Subcutaneous hematoma due to frequent insulin injections in a single site Intern Med Vol 43 No 2 148-149
43
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
139Kreugel G Beter HJM Kerstens MN Maaten ter JC Sluiter WJ amp BS Boot (2007) Influence of needle size on metabolic control and patient acceptance European Diabetes Nursing Vol 4 No 2 51-55
140Engstroumlm L Jinnerot H Jonasson E Thickness of Subcutaneous Fat Tissue Where Pregnant Diabetics Inject Their Insulin - An Ultrasound Study Poster at IDF 17th World Diabetes Congress Mexico City Published as abstract in Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice Suppl 1 2000
141Laurent A Mistretta F Bottigioli D Dahel K Goujon C Nicolas JF Hennino A Laurent PE Echographic measurement of skin thickness in adults by high frequency ultrasound to assess the appropriate microneedle length for intradermal delivery of vaccines Vaccine 2007 Aug 2125(34)6423-30
142Lasagni C Seidenari S Echographic assessment of age-dependent variations of skin thickness Skin Research and Technology 1995 1 81-85
143Swindle LD Thomas SG Freeman M Delaney PM View of Normal Human Skin In Vivo as Observed Using Fluorescent Fiber-Optic Confocal Microscopic Imaging Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2003) 121 706ndash712
144Huzaira M Rius F Rajadhyaksha M Anderson RR Gonzaacutelez S Topographic Variations in Normal Skin as Viewed by In Vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy Journal of Investigative Dermatology (2001) 116 846ndash852
145Tan CY Statham B Marks R Payne PA Skin thickness measured by pulsed ultrasound its reproducibility validation and variability Br J Dermatol 1982 Jun106(6)657-67
146Smith DR Leggat PA Needlestick and sharps injuries among nursing students J Adv Nurs 2005 Sep51(5)449-55
147Adams D Elliott TS Impact of safety needle devices on occupationally acquired needlestick injuries a four-year prospective study J Hosp Infect 2006 Sep64(1)50-5
148Workman RGN (2000) Safe injection techniques Primary Health Care Vol 10 No 6 43 50
149Bain A Graham A How do patients dispose of syringes Practical Diabetes International 1998 15 19-21
150Johansson UB Impaired absorption of insulin aspart from lipohypertrophic injection sites Diabetes Care 2005 Aug28(8)2025-7
151Overland J Molyneaux L Tewari S et al Lipohypertrophy Does it matter in daily life A study using a continuous glucose monitoring system Diabetes Obes Metab 200911460-3
152Frid A Linde B Computed tomography of injection sites in patients with diabetes mellitus In Injection and Absorption of Insulin Thesis Stockholm 1992
153Schwartz S Hassman D Shelmet J Sievers R Weinstein R Liang J Lyness W A multicenter open-label randomized two-period crossover trial comparing glycemic control satisfaction and preference achieved with a 31 gauge x 6mm needle versus a 29 gauge x 127mm needle in obese patients with diabetes mellitus Clin Ther 2004 Oct26(10)1663-78
154Smith C P Sargent M A Wilson B P M Price D A Subcutaneous or intra-muscular insulin injections Archives of Disease in Childhood 66879-882 1991
44
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Appendix 1 Attendees at TITAN
FAMILY NAME FIRST NAME COUNTRY
Amaya Baro Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Annersten Gershater Magdalena Sweden
Bailey Tim USA
Barcos Isabelle France
Barron Carol Ireland
Basi Manraj UK
Berard Lori Canada
Brunnberg-Sundmark Mia Nordic
Burmiston Sheila UK
Busata-Drayton Isabelle UK
Caron Rudi Belgium
Celik Selda Turkey
Cetin Lydia Germany
Cheng RN BSN Winnie MW Hong Kong
Chernikova Natalia Russia
Childs Belinda USA
Chobert-Bakouline Marine France
Christopoulou Martha Greece
Ciani Tania Italy
Cocoman Angela Ireland
Cureu Birgit Germany
Cypress Marjorie USA
Davidson Jamie USA
De Coninck Carina Belgium
Deml Angelika Germany
Dimeacuteo Lucile France
Disoteo Olga Eugenia Italy
Dones Gianluigi Italy Drobinski Evelyn Germany
Dupuy Olivier France
Empacher Gudrun Germany
Engdal Larsen Mona Denmark
Engstrom Lars Sweden
Faber - Wildeboer Anita Netherlands
Finn Eileen USA
Frid Anders Sweden
Gabbay Robert USA
Gallego Rosa Mariacutea Portugal
Gaspar La Fuente Ruth Spain
Gedikli Hikmet Turkey
Gibney Michael USA
45
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Giely-Eloi Corinne France
Gil-Zorzo Esther Spain
Gonzalez Amparo USA
Gonzaacutelez Bueso Carmen Spain
Grieco Gabreilla Italy
Gu Min-Jeong South Korea
Guo Xiaohui China
Guzman Susan USA
Hanas Ragnar Sweden
Haumlrmauml-Rodriquez Sari Finland
Hellenkamp Annegret Germany
Hensbergen Jacoba Fijtje Netherlands
Hicks Debbie UK
Hirsch Laurence USA
Hu Renming China
Jain Sunil M India
King Laila UK
Kirketerp-Nielsen Grete Denmark
Kirkland Fiona UK
Kizilci Sevgi Turkey
Kreugel Gillian Netherlands
Kyne-Grzebalski Deirdre UK
Lamkanfi Farida Belgium
Langill Ed Canada
Laurent Philippe France
Le Floch Jean-Pierre France
Letondeur Corinne France Losurdo Francesco Italy
Doukas Loukas Greece
Lozano del Hoyo Mariacutea Luisa Spain
Marjeta Anne Finland
Marleix Daniel France
Matter Dominique France Mayorov Alexander Russia
Millet Thierry France
Mkrtumyan Ashot Russia
Navailles Marie Christine France Nerantzi Afroditi Greece
Nuumlhlen Ulrich Germany
Ochotta Isabella Germany
Osterbrink Brigitte Germany
Pasaporte Francis Philippines
Pastori Silvana Italy
Penalba Martiacutenez Mariacutea Teresa Spain
Pizzolato Pia USA
46
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Pledger Julia UK
Riis Mette Denmark
Robert Jean-Jacques France
Rodriguez Jose-Juan Spain
Roggemans Marie-Paule Belgium
Roumlhrig Baumlrbel Germany
Sachon Claude France
Saltiel-Berzin Rita USA
Sauvanet Jean-Pierre France
Schinz-Schweizer Regula Switzerland
Schmeisl Gerhard-W Germany
Schulze Gabriele Germany
Sellar Carol UK
Sghaier Rida France
Shanchev Andrey Russia Shera A Samad Parkistan
Simonen Ritva Finland
Slover Robert USA
Snel Yvonne Netherlands
Sokolowska Urszula Russia
Harbuwuno Dante Saksono Indonesia
Starkman Harold USA
Strauss Ken Belgium
Sundaram Annamalai India
Svarrer Jakobsen Marianne Denmark
Svetic Cisic Rosana Croatia
Swenson Kris USA
Tharby Linda USA
Thymelli Ioanna Greece
Tomioka Miwako Japan
Tubiana-Rufi Nadia France
Tuttle Ryan USA
Vaacutequez Jimeacutenez Mariacutea del Mar Spain
Vieillescazes Pierre France
Vorstermans Mia Netherlands
Weber Siegfried Germany Webster Amanda UK
Wisher Ann Maria UK
Wulff Pedersen Malene Denmark
Yan Wang Yvonne China Yu Neng-Chun Taiwan
47
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Appendix 2 Key Extracts from Previously Published Guidelines Previously published guidelines are either in full agreement with or are otherwise complementary to the
above recommendations We will quote selected passages from these guidelines in order to reinforce the
recommendations as well as to round off any uncovered themes We will not include here a complete
literature review of the supporting documents for these guidelines The reader is referred to the extensive
bibliography attached to each set as well as the excellent summaries of key studies found therein
Target tissue for injected insulin
First Workshop For everyday use in most patients subcutaneous rather than intramuscular
intraperitoneal or intradermal injection of insulin is preferred Danish Guidelines The subcutaneous adipose tissue on the thigh is recommended as the preferred
injection site for intermediate-acting insulin (eg Insulatard Humulin NPH and Insuman basal) and slow-
acting insulin analogues (eg Levemir and Lantus) For peoplehellipwho cannot use the thighhellipthe hip can be
used instead Dutch Guidelines Insulin should be administered into the subcutaneous fatty tissue Do not massage
the skin after the injection
Optimal injection site for specific insulins
First Workshop NPH lente and ultra-lente when given anytime alone or when given in the afternoon
or evening in combination with fast-acting insulin should be injected into the thigh or buttocks to achieve
longest and most stable activity Rapid-acting insulin (regular and LysPro) when given anytime alone or
when given in the morning in combination with NPH (or lente or ultra-lente) should be given in the
abdomen for fastest action Danish Guidelines The abdomen ishellipthe preferred injection site for rapid-acting insulin and insulin
analogues The injection areas should be within approximately 12 cm on both sides of the navel and
approximately 4 cm below the navel because the subcutaneous adipose tissue is much thinner further away
from the navel It is also easy to lift a skin fold in these areas Dutch Guidelines The fastest absorption of insulin takes place in the abdomen followed by the upper
arms the thighs and the buttocks The abdomen is the preferred site for the administration of insulin when
rapid action is desired such as the mealtime dose of insulin The buttocks are the preferred site for the
administration of insulin when slow action is required
48
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Injections into the Arm
Danish Guidelines The upper arm is not recommended as an injection site for insulin because there
is often only minimal distance from skin to muscle Dutch Guidelines The upper arm is not a recommended injection site because of the heightened risk
of intramuscular injection
Pinching up a Skin fold
First Workshop Pinching up the skin is one method that has been documented by CT scan and
ultrasonography to increase the chance of subcutaneous injection If one performs a pinch up it should be
made with 2 fingers (thumb and index) The fold should be maintained throughout the injection and 5-10
seconds afterwards before removing the needle Pinching up should used by all when injecting into the
thigh or arm when using needles longer than 8mm and when the patient is a child or slim adult Danish Guidelines Normal-weight individuals are recommended to inject into a lifted skin fold If
the patient is used to a 12-mm needle and for whatever reason it is decided that he or she should continue
with a 12-mm needle injection should always be into a lifted skin fold at an angle of 45 degrees due to the
risk of intramuscular injection Dutch Guidelines When using 5-6 mm pen needles the pen needle can be inserted vertically and
without skin fold When using gt8mm pen needles a skin fold should preferably be lifted before the pen
needle is inserted There is no effect on the diabetes regulation of injecting a skin fold with a longer pen
needle compared with injecting vertically with a shorter pen needle
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
Second Workshop Strategies in clinical practice include extensive use of rotation grids to ensure a
clear separation of injections the use of videotapes to teach patients how to avoid lipodystrophy and the
signing of an agreement with patients to ensure serious follow through
Danish Guidelines Ensure that the new injection site is at least three centimeters from the previous
injection site Dutch Guidelines It is important to rotate within the same body part in order to prevent
lipodystrophyhellipeach injection must be at least 1 cm away from the previous site An individual rotation
plan can help the patient to follow the advice about rotation
49
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Second Workshop Vials and cartridges should be rolled and tipped 10-20 cycles Store pens
containing NPH currently being used at room temperature rather than in the refrigerator as re-suspension
is easier at higher temperatures
Dutch Guidelines Mix cloudy insulin thoroughly until a consistent white emulsion appears by
swinging back and forth at least 10 times When there are less than 12 IU of cloudy insulin use a new pen
(cartridge)
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Second Workshop HCPrsquos should demonstrate injections on themselves when teaching patients
HCPrsquos should be tested as to their ability to find and correctly identify lipohypertrophy The Internet and
other tele-medicine tools should be used
Use of Imaging Technologies
Second Workshop Ultrasound should be considered a tool for assessing selected patientsrsquo fat
thickness in key injection areas both at the beginning of insulin therapy and when major body habitus
changes have taken place MRI should be used to assess the performance of the shorter needles proposed
for the market as well as the effects of ID injections and of jet injectors
Intra-muscular Injection Risks
Dutch Guidelines Insulin must not be administered too deeply ie intramuscularly (This can lead
to)hellipless well predictable action and possibly also the risk of hypoglycaemias
Intra-dermal Injection Risks
50
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Danish Guidelines Intracutaneous injection may give rise to greater insulin leakage due to the short
distance to the surface of the skin and perhaps more pain due to direct nerve stimulation Dutch Guidelines Insulin must preferably not be administered too shallowly ie not into the
epidermis or the dermis (This)hellipcan lead to leakage and consequent under-dosing and skin damage
Same insulin same site
Danish Guidelines Insulin injections should be performed at the same time every day and within the
same anatomic area to ensure uniform insulin absorption Rotation within the same anatomical area
reduces variations in blood glucose levels
Inspection of Injection Sites by HCP
Dutch Guidelines hellipthe skin should be checked at least once per year When skin damage is found to
be present this check must be done more frequently and the patient must be instructed about and given
advice on other injection sites the importance of systematic rotation the importance of once-only use of
pen needles and the chance of a possible reduction in the need for insulin
Maximum one-time doses
Danish Guidelines When you need to administer more than 40 IU of insulin at a time the dose is
divided into two injections Dutch Guidelines hellipsplit the dose whenhellipgreater than 50 IU insulin A larger dose of insulin slows
the insulin absorption and the subcutaneous administration of a volume above 50 IU gives more pain and
leakage
Dwell time of needle
Danish Guidelines Inject the insulin and release the skin fold at the same time as drawing the needle
halfway out Count to at least 10 (equivalent to 10 seconds) before withdrawing the needle completely Dutch Guidelines The pen needle should preferably be left in the skin for 10 seconds or longer after
the administration of insulin to minimize any leakage of insulin
51
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold
Children 5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold
5-6 mm vertical With or without skin fold BMI lt25
8 mm oblique With skin fold
5-6 mm vertical Abdomen without skin fold leg with skin fold
8 mm vertical With skin fold
Adults
BMI gt25
12 mm oblique With skin fold
Injections into the Arm
Prevention and Treatment of Lipodystrophy
NPH insulin re-suspension in pens
Education regarding Insulin Injection Techniques
Needle Reuse
Danish Guidelines The needles are disposable and it is therefore recommended that they be used only
once Dutch Guidelines Pen needles must be use only once except when the dose of insulin has to be split
into two or more portions Pen needles are manufactured for once-only use become blunter on re-use
which can result in the injection becoming more painful and the skin becoming damaged faster The
benefits of re-use such as lower costs and the possible ease of use for patients are also described in the
literature In the literature no opinion has been offered about a responsible frequency of re-use of the pen
needle The chance of infections does not seem to be affected by re-use After weighing up the advantages
and disadvantages the work group advised once-only use of pen needles
Pen needles left on Pens
Danish Guidelines It is recommended that needles always be removed immediately after the injection
when using NPH insulin or mixtures containing NPH insulin This is done to avoid leakage of solvent
(fluid) through the needle which can gradually cause the concentration of insulin in the remaining mixture
to increase Dutch Guidelines Remove pen needle from the insulin pen immediately after the injection Reasons
for doing so are mainly to prevent leakage of insulin from the pen cartridge and to prevent air entering the
pen cartridge
Priming Pens
Danish Guidelines (The penrsquos function should be) checked This is done by allowing a drop of
insulin to appear at the tip of the needle (follow the guidelines for the various pen systems) If no insulin
appears at the tip of the needle repeat the procedure Dutch Guidelines Before each injection 2 IU air shot of insulin (should be made) with the pen needle
directed upwardshelliprepeat this until insulin comes out of the pen needle
Cleaning before Injection
52
Danish Guidelines Swab the skin with spirit before injecting the needle subcutaneously Swabbing of
the skin prior to injection in hospital is recommended It is recommended that at hospitals the membrane
on the insulin pen be swabbed before inserting the needle
Dutch Guidelines The skin must be clean and dry before an injection The disinfection of the skin in
not necessaryhellipthe risk of infections is not reduced by doing so This applies to both the patient in the
home setting as well as for patients in a different setting
Disposal of Sharps
Danish Guidelines Remove the needle and place it in an unbreakable sharps bin
Needle length (see Tables 1 and 2 for specific Danish and Dutch Recommendations)
Dutch Guidelines The desired length of the pen needle should preferably be individually defined in
children and adults For children and adults who are not overweight (BMIlt25) a short pen needle (le8 mm)
can be used The preference of the patient is for the shortest length of pen needles In generalhellipuse a pen
needle le8 mm for all children and adults It even seems desirable to advise the use of 5-6 mm pen needles
These are preferred by the patient and seem to have no negative effect on the diabetes regulation or leakage
of the injection site
53
54
Table 1 Danish Needle Length Recommendations
Patient type Needle length Injection Angle Skin fold